AD 2 AERODROMES

EHAM AD 2.1 AERODROME LOCATION INDICATOR AND NAME

EHAM - AMSTERDAM/SCHIPHOL

EHAM AD 2.2 AERODROME GEOGRAPHICAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE DATA

1	ARP coordinates and site at AD	521829N 0044551E 062 DEG GEO 135 M from TWR.
2	Direction and distance from (city)	4.9 NM SW of Amsterdam.
3	Elevation / reference temperature	ELEV: -11 FT AMSL / T: 20.4 °C
4	Geoid undulation at AD ELEV PSN	142 FT
5	MAG VAR / annual change	2.4° E (2025) / 0.2° E
6	AD operator, address, telephone, telefax, email address, AFS, URL	AMSTERDAM AIRPORT SCHIPHOL P.O. BOX 7501 1118 ZG SCHIPHOL THE NETHERLANDS TEL: +31 (0)20 601 9111 (ALL EXT) TEL: +31 (0)20 601 2116 (AIRPORT OFFICE/APRON MANAGEMENT SERVICE) TEL: +31 (0)20 601 2115 (AIRPORT AUTHORITY) email: [email protected] URL: https://www.schiphol.nl
7	Types of traffic permitted (IFR/VFR)	IFR/VFR
8	Remarks	1. Airport for use by national and international civil air transport with all types of aircraft. 2. Upon request, contact the flow manager aircraft on channel 130.480 call sign "Airport One" (not monitored H24). 3. Changes in the availability of the runway and taxiway infrastructure at the airport will be promulgated by NOTAM. The NOTAM can refer to the website https://www.eham.aero where visual material relating to this subject will be shown. This material may only be used in combination with the current NOTAM.

EHAM AD 2.3 OPERATIONAL HOURS

1	AD operator	H24
2	Customs and immigration	H24
3	Health and sanitation	H24
4	AIS briefing office	H24
5	ATS reporting office (ARO)	H24
6	MET briefing office	H24
7	ATS	H24
8	Fuelling	H24
9	Handling	H24
10	Security	H24
11	De-icing	H24
12	Remarks	AD operator - For information regarding slot requests and restrictions on the use of the aerodrome between 2200-0600 (2100-0500) refer to EHAM AD 2.20 paragraph 1. Fuelling - Schiphol-East: normal operating hours 0530-2230 (0430-2130). Handling - Schiphol-East: normal operating hours 0530-2230 (0430-2130). Between 2230-0530 (2130-0430) PN required from ground handling companies (see EHAM AD 2.23).

EHAM AD 2.4 HANDLING SERVICES AND FACILITIES

1	Cargo-handling facilities	All modern facilities. Transport of persons on the aprons of Schiphol-Centre and Schiphol-East may exclusively take place by means of vehicles of the relevant ground handling company. For addresses and other details of ground handling companies see EHAM AD 2.23.
2	Fuel / oil types	Fuel: JET A-1 Oil: All kinds.
3	Fuelling facilities/capacity	Schiphol Centre - JET A-1 unlimited. Schiphol-East - JET A-1 (by truck).
4	De-icing facilities	AVBL
5	Hangar space for visiting aircraft	O/R, limited.
6	Repair facilities for visiting aircraft	Major repairs to all types of aircraft. Spares AVBL.
7	Remarks	Oxygen and related servicing unlimited.

EHAM AD 2.5 PASSENGER FACILITIES

1	Hotels	At AD: 2 hotels (322 beds). In the close vicinity of the airport: 3 hotels (1274 beds). At Amsterdam: unlimited.
2	Restaurants	At AD, near vicinity and in the city: unlimited.
3	Transportation	Train, buses, taxis and rental cars.
4	Medical facilities	First aid treatment. Two motor ambulances. Hospitals at Amsterdam (12 KM distance).
5	Bank and post office	Bank: AVBL Post: AVBL
6	Tourist office	AVBL
7	Remarks	NIL

EHAM AD 2.6 RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING SERVICES

1	AD category for firefighting	CAT 10
2	Rescue equipment	1 rescue-pumper vehicle, 1 truck with rescue equipment, 1 all-terrain vehicle and 1 rescue stair; allocated to 3 fire stations.
3	Capability for removal of disabled aircraft	Coordinated by airport authority in consultation with outside partners.
4	Remarks	AD category for fire fighting - Airport Fire Officer, callsign Fire Rescue 1 or Fire Rescue 2, available via 130.480 when fire fighting vehicles are attending an aircraft on ground in case of an emergency. - 9 crash trucks equipped with 13.300 liters of water, 1.600 liters of foam (level C) and 250 KG of dry chemical powder.

EHAM AD 2.7 RUNWAY SURFACE CONDITION ASSESSMENT AND REPORTING, AND SNOW PLAN

1	Types of clearing equipment	16 snowsweep combinations with ploughs, 5 snowblowers, 8 spray vehicles, 16 ramp ploughs, 5 compact-sweepers.
2	Clearance priorities	RWY, TWY and apron simultaneously.
3	Use of material for movement area surface treatment	Chemical treatment of runway surface by KFOR. SAND only locally used at aprons.
4	Specially prepared winter runways	NIL
5	Remarks	1. Responsible authority: airport authority. 2. Methods of snow removal: snowploughs and sweeping machines. 3. Assessment and measuring of contamination: observation by own experienced staff. 4. Runway condition is determined and reported according to the global reporting format and broadcast via ATIS. 5. Information on the runway condition is published by: a. SNOWTAM via the international NOTAM office at Schiphol. b. RCR (only mandatory items) via ATIS. c. RCR only RWYCC via RTF on TWR frequency.

EHAM AD 2.8 APRONS, TAXIWAYS AND CHECK LOCATIONS/POSITIONS DATA

Apron designation, surface and strength

Designation	Stand	Surface	Strength
A-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
	A41	NIL	NIL
	A42	NIL	NIL
	A43	NIL	NIL
	A44	NIL	NIL
	A45	NIL	NIL
	A51	NIL	NIL
	A52	NIL	NIL
	A53	NIL	NIL
	A54	NIL	NIL
	A55	NIL	NIL
	A61	NIL	NIL
	A62	NIL	NIL
	A63	NIL	NIL
	A64	NIL	NIL
	A65	NIL	NIL
	A82	NIL	NIL
	A83	NIL	NIL
	A84	NIL	NIL
B-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
C-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
D-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
	D2	NIL	NIL
	D4	NIL	NIL
	D10	NIL	NIL
	D14	NIL	NIL
E-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
	E4	NIL	NIL
	E6	NIL	NIL
F-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
G-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
H-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
J-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
K-apron		Concrete	Restricted; for further information contact Apron Management Service.
M-apron		Concrete	Restricted; for further information contact Apron Management Service.
	M53	NIL	NIL
	M55	NIL	NIL
	M57	NIL	NIL
	M59	NIL	NIL
	M78	NIL	NIL
R-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
S-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
	S61	NIL	NIL
	S62	NIL	NIL
	S63	NIL	NIL
	S64	NIL	NIL
	S65	NIL	NIL
	S66	NIL	NIL
	S67	NIL	NIL
	S68	NIL	NIL
	S69	NIL	NIL
U-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T
Y-apron		Concrete	109/R/C/W/T

Taxiway designation, width, surface and strength

Designation of TWY	Width	Surface	Strength
A	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
B	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
C	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
D	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
G	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
H	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
L	20.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
N	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
P	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
Q	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
R	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
S	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
V	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
VE	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
VN	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
VS	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
W	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
Y	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.
Z	23.0 M	Asphalt	As for accompanying RWYs.

Altimeter checkpoint location and elevation

Apron; -13 FT AMSL.

VOR checkpoints

NIL

INS checkpoints

INS coordinates for aircraft stands reflect the location of the stop line. At aircraft stands with multiple stop lines, the INS coordinates reflect the location amidst the two outermost stop lines.
For INS reference see aircraft parking / docking charts.

Remarks

NIL

EHAM AD 2.9 SURFACE MOVEMENT GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEM AND MARKINGS

1	Use of aircraft stand ID signs, TWY guide lines and visual docking/parking guidance system at aircraft stands	Aircraft stand ID signs - Aircraft stand identification signs: yellow characters on a black background. TWY guide lines - Guide lines on taxiway and aprons. - Aircraft stand identification markings: characters of 2 M in height. - Follow-me service AVBL on request for guidance on aprons and taxiways. - Guidance between taxiway CL and lead-in lines is interrupted over a length of APRX 15 M. - Alignment bars are only provided on aircraft stands at the A-apron and aircraft stands B16 to B36 to assist self-parking. Visual docking/parking guidance system - Guidance at aircraft stands by visual docking guidance system (see EHAM AD 2.20 paragraph 4) or marshaller is mandatory, except for self-parking aircraft stands specified in notes on chart APDC Schiphol Centre.
2	RWY and TWY markings and LGT	RWY markings - RWY 04: THR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 22: THR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 06: DTHR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 24: THR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge, turn pad marking. - RWY 09: DTHR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge, RWY holding PSN. - RWY 27: THR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge, RWY holding PSN. - RWY 18C: THR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 36C: DTHR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 18L: DTHR, designation, CL, edge. - RWY 36R: THR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 18R: DTHR, designation, TDZ, aiming point, CL, edge. - RWY 36L: THR, designation, CL, edge, turn pad marking. RWY LGT - RWY 04: THR, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 22: THR, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 06: THR, TDZ, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 24: THR, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 09: THR, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 27: THR, TDZ, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 18C: THR, TDZ, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 36C: THR, TDZ, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 18L: THR, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 36R: THR, TDZ, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 18R: THR, TDZ, CL, edge, RWY-end. - RWY 36L: THR, CL, edge, RWY-end. TWY markings - Yellow CL, except: - TWY A19E: orange CL. - TWY A19W: blue CL. - Remote holding position P20 and P24: blue CL. - Remote holding position P22 and P26: orange CL. - TWY N2 - TWY E6: CL continues over the full width of RWY 09/27 to provide additional taxiing guidance. - TWY S7W - TWY S8: CL continues over the full width of RWY 06/24 to provide additional taxiing guidance. - CL interrupted prior to connecting to TWY: - TWY N2: when vacating RWY 27. - TWY E10: when vacating RWY 36R. - TWY E1 into TWY A8: after vacating RWY 36R. - White marked guidance lines parallel to the yellow CL marking (provided east of RWY 18L/36R) and white coloured ACFT stand designators are intended for ACFT towing operations and should be disregarded by pilots. - TWY-RWY intersections: mandatory instruction markings and signs, enhanced TWY CL. - MAX SPAN information markings. - No-entry locations: single marking reading NO ENTRY centered around CL. - Intermediate HLDG PSN. TWY LGT - Green CL, except: - TWY A19E: alternating green/orange CL. - TWY A19W: alternating green/blue CL. - RWY exits and TWYs crossing RWY: alternating green/yellow CL (between RWY CL and perimeter(s) of ILS sensitive area). - take-off intersections not for use during LVP: no CL. - taxiways on Schiphol East: no CL. - TWY edge: generally blue LGT in curves; blue retroreflective edge markers on straight sections. - Intermediate HLDG PSN. - Runway guard lights: provided at hot spots, standard towing routes and other designated locations.
3	Stop bars	Runway entries and TWY Y and Z where an aircraft may infringe an obstacle limitation surface and/or an ILS critical/sensitive area, are safeguarded by a stop bar (see charts ADC and GMC). Stop bars will be illuminated: - if associated with an active runway during reduced and low visibility circumstances (TDZ RVR <= 1500 M and/or ceiling <= 300 FT); - H24 at dedicated runway crossings to avoid runway incursion in all visibility conditions; - H24 at the "NO ENTRY" TWY E1, G3, W6 and N9; - on TWY Y (Y1 and Y2) and TWY Z (Z1 and Z2), depending on the use of RWY 18C/36C; - on RWY 09, west of the intersection with RWY 18L/36R, depending on the use of RWY 18L/36R. Crossing of illuminated stop bars is prohibited. Aircraft and vehicles may cross stop bars only when ATC has given permission to proceed and the stop bar lights are switched off.
4	Remarks	Visual docking/parking guidance system - For parking guidance on K-apron contact the handler. RWY markings - RWY designation marking: character height of 18 M. - RWY 09/27: RWY holding position marking is applied over the full width of RWY 09/27, west of RWY 18L, to safeguard RWY 18L from taxiing aircraft crossing RWY 09/27 via TWY N2. RWY LGT - No RWY turn pad LGT provided at the end of RWY 24 and RWY 36L (see EHAM AD 2.23). TWY markings - CL markings are designed based on the principle of cockpit over centre line for all aircraft types, except A340-600, A350-1000, A380, B777-300 and larger. For those aircraft oversteering is required. - CL interruptions are placed to avoid misguidance when taxiing in opposite direction. See EHAM AD 2.23 paragraph 4. - MAX span information markings are placed to indicate TWYs where operations are limited to aircraft not exceeding the maximum wingspan specified. TWY LGT - CL lights are placed based on the principle of cockpit over centre line for all aircraft types, except A340-600, A350-1000, A380, B777-300 and larger. For those aircraft oversteering is required. - For the configuration of CL lights on RWY entries including when used during low visibility, see EHAM AD 2.23 paragraph 2. - Take-off intersections not for use during LVP may however be used at night. Edge LGT, (enhanced) CL marking, runway guard lights and signs normally provide adequate guidance at night.

EHAM AD 2.10 AERODROME OBSTACLES

Area 2
OBST ID / designation	OBST type	OBST position	ELEV/HGT (FT)	Markings / type, colour LGT	Remarks
1	2	3	4	5	6
EHAM001	Crane	522127.9N 0044822.4E	240 / 243	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 027 DEG, DIST 6180 M.
EHAM002	Crane	522126.5N 0044823.3E	197 / 201	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 028 DEG, DIST 6150 M.
EHAM008	Crane	521705.9N 0044553.5E	119 / 132	Flag / Night R	2075 M beyond TORA RWY 22 and 141 M left of EXTD RCL.
EHAM009	Crane	521709.3N 0044552.5E - 521705.4N 0044559.7E.	125 / 138	Flag / Night R	2055 M beyond TORA RWY 22 and 88 M left of EXTD RCL. MON-FRI 0600-1700 (0500-1600)
EHAM010	Crane	521808.8N 0044146.6E - 521809.7N 0044152.9E.	197 / 211	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 263 DEG, DIST 4555 M.
EHAM011	Crane	521808.8N 0044146.6E - 521809.7N 0044152.9E.	250 / 264	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 263 DEG, DIST 4555 M.
EHAM012	Crane	522127.6N 0043914.6E	243 / 245	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 307 DEG, DIST 9210 M.
EHAM014	Crane	522126.9N 0043912.5E	335 / 348	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 306 DEG, DIST 9335 M.
EHAM015	Crane	522045.7N 0045023.8E - 522014.9N 0045017.9E - 522013.5N 0045138.5E.	197 / 199	Flag / Night R	3500 M beyond TORA RWY 04 on extended RCL.
EHAM016	Crane	522045.7N 0045023.8E - 522014.9N 0045017.9E - 522013.5N 0045138.5E.	151 / 153	Flag / Night R	3500 M beyond TORA RWY 04 on extended RCL.
EHAM017	Crane	522033.7N 0044942.0E - 522031.2N 0044947.4E.	275 / 278	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 050 DEG, DIST 5760 M. 2 cranes
EHAM018	Crane	521744.8N 0044205.1E	273 / 289	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 252 DEG, DIST 4360 M. 2 cranes
EHAM019	Crane	521747.9N 0044218.1E	197 / 210	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 252 DEG, DIST 4200 M.
EHAM020	Crane	521747.9N 0044218.1E	233 / 246	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 252 DEG, DIST 4200 M.
EHAM021	Crane	521842.2N 0044155.8E	132 / 145	Flag / Night R	3300 M beyond TORA RWY 27 and 320 M right of EXTD RCL.
EHAM022	Crane	521842.2N 0044155.8E	211 / 224	Flag / Night R	3300 M beyond TORA RWY 27 and 320 M right of EXTD RCL.
EHAM023	Crane	522127.6N 0043914.6E	342 / 344	Flag / Night R	True bearing from ARP 307 DEG, DIST 9210 M.

Area 3
OBST ID / designation	OBST type	OBST position	ELEV/HGT (FT)	Markings / type, colour LGT	Remarks
1	2	3	4	5	6
NIL

See all charts AOC type A.
No obstacle data sets available for area 2 and 3.

EHAM AD 2.11 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION PROVIDED

1	Associated MET office	DE BILT
2	Hours of service MET office outside hours	Hours of service H24 MET office outside hours NIL
3	Office responsible for TAF preparation Period of validity	De Bilt 30 HR
4	Trend forecast Interval of issuance	TREND Every 30 minutes for international METAR, maximum 30 minutes for local display and broadcast on ATIS.
5	Briefing/consultation provided	Briefing on request from MWO-De Bilt by telephone after self-briefing. TEL: +31 (0)30 220 6721 Staff TEL: 0900 202 3341 Briefing low level flights (IFR/VFR). TEL: 0900 202 3343 Briefing IFR flights above FL 100. TEL: 0900 202 3340 Briefing balloon flights within Amsterdam FIR.
6	Flight documentation Language(s) used	Reports, forecasts, charts. English, Dutch.
7	Charts and other information available for briefing or consultation	S, P, W, T
8	Supplementary equipment available for providing information	WXR, APT
9	ATS units provided with information	Amsterdam ACC and FIC, Schiphol TWR, Schiphol APP. Also service to JRCC Den Helder.
10	Additional information (limitation of service, etc.)	Briefing/consultation provided - charge for TEL briefings and consultations is € 0,50/MIN. Note: due to environmental influences the wind report for RWY 36R is not representative for the wind conditions at TDZ; wind speed from sector 080-120 DEG is underestimated up to 15 percent.

EHAM AD 2.12 RUNWAY PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

RWY designation	True BRG	Dimensions of RWY (M)	Strength (PCN) and surface of RWY and SWY	THR coordinates RWY end coordinates THR GUND	THR ELEV and highest ELEV of TDZ of precision APCH RWY
1	2	3	4	5	6
04	041.25°	2020 x 45	RWY: 79/F/C/W/T Asphalt PFC SWY: NIL	THR: 521801.35N 0044700.55E RWY end: 521850.51N 0044810.90E THR GUND: 142 FT	THR: -13 FT TDZ: NIL
22	221.27°	2020 x 45	RWY: 79/F/C/W/T Asphalt PFC SWY: NIL	THR: 521850.51N 0044810.89E RWY end: 521801.38N 0044700.60E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -13.7 FT TDZ: -12.1 FT
06	057.92°	3439 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt PFC SWY: NIL	THR: 521720.78N 0044414.01E RWY end: 521815.66N 0044636.93E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -11.0 FT TDZ: -11.6 FT
24	237.95°	3439 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt PFC SWY: NIL	THR: 521815.66N 0044636.93E RWY end: 521716.57N 0044403.07E THR GUND: 142 FT	THR: -12 FT TDZ: NIL
09	086.78°	3453 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt PFC SWY: NIL	THR: 521900.09N 0044451.57E RWY end: 521906.16N 0044748.83E THR GUND: 142 FT	THR: -12 FT TDZ: NIL
27	266.82°	3453 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt PFC SWY: NIL	THR: 521906.16N 0044748.88E RWY end: 521859.92N 0044446.83E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -12.0 FT TDZ: -12.2 FT
18C	183.22°	3300 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt SWY: NIL	THR: 521953.04N 0044424.11E RWY end: 521806.42N 0044414.32E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -12.1 FT TDZ: -12.0 FT
36C	003.22°	3300 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt SWY: NIL	THR: 521820.99N 0044415.69E RWY end: 521953.04N 0044424.11E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -12.0 FT TDZ: -12.0 FT
18L	183.25°	3400 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt SWY: NIL	THR: 521858.19N 0044646.89E RWY end: 521726.96N 0044638.45E THR GUND: 142 FT	THR: -12 FT TDZ: NIL
36R	003.25°	3400 x 45	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt SWY: NIL	THR: 521726.97N 0044638.45E RWY end: 521858.19N 0044646.89E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -11.3 FT TDZ: -11.1 FT
18R	183.20°	3800 x 60	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt SWY: NIL	THR: 522136.93N 0044242.21E RWY end: 521942.89N 0044231.81E THR GUND: 142.0 FT	THR: -13.2 FT TDZ: -13.2 FT
36L	003.20°	3800 x 60	RWY: 89/F/C/W/T Asphalt SWY: NIL	THR: 521942.88N 0044231.81E RWY end: 522145.65N 0044243.01E THR GUND: 142 FT	THR: -12 FT TDZ: NIL

RWY designation	Slope of RWY-SWY	SWY dimensions (M)	CWY dimensions (M)	Strip dimensions (M)	RESA dimensions (M)	Location and description of arresting system	OFZ
1	7	8	9	10	11	12	13
04	< -0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	2140 x 280	220 x 90	NIL	NIL
22	< 0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	2140 x 280	180 x 90	NIL	NIL
06	< -0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3559 x 280	240 x 90	NIL	AVBL
24	< 0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3559 x 280	90 x 90	NIL	NIL
09	< -0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3573 x 280	150 x 90	NIL	NIL
27	< 0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3573 x 280	95 x 90	NIL	AVBL
18C	< 0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3420 x 280	120 x 90	NIL	AVBL
36C	< -0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3420 x 280	230 x 90	NIL	AVBL
18L	< 0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3520 x 280	240 x 90	NIL	NIL
36R	< -0.01%	NIL	NIL	3520 x 280	240 x 90	NIL	AVBL
18R	0.01%	NIL	NIL	3920 x 280	240 x 120	NIL	AVBL
36L	-0.01%	NIL	60 x 150	3920 x 280	240 x 120	NIL	NIL

RWY designation	Remarks
1	14
04	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 7.5 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges. - prohibited for ICAO/EASA code letter F aircraft.
22	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 7.5 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges. - prohibited for ICAO/EASA code letter F aircraft.
06	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges. Dimensions of RWY - a turn-around area is AVBL at the beginning of the RWY.
24	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges. Dimensions of RWY - a turn-around area is AVBL at the end of the RWY.
09	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges.
27	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges.
18C	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides.
36C	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides.
18L	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges.
36R	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 15 M width on both sides. - prohibited (landing and take-off) for aircraft with a MTOM exceeding 600 000 KG due to insufficient load bearing capacity of related runway and taxiway bridges.
18R	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 7.5 M width on both sides.
36L	Strength of RWY - an unlimited use will be permitted for aircraft with an AUW <= 5700 KG. - strength restricted for RWY shoulders of 7.5 M width on both sides. Dimensions of RWY - a turn-around area is AVBL at the end of the RWY.

EHAM AD 2.13 DECLARED DISTANCES

RWY designator	TORA (M)	TODA (M)	ASDA (M)	LDA (M)	Remarks
1	2	3	4	5	6
04	NIL	NIL	NIL	2020	NIL
04	1909	1969	1909	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: G5
22	NIL	NIL	NIL	2020	NIL
22	2015	2075	2015	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: G1
22	1714	1774	1714	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: G2
06	3439	3499	3439	3195	DTHR 244 M.
06	2596	2656	2596	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S1
06	2596	2656	2596	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S10
24	NIL	NIL	NIL	3439	NIL
24	3435	3495	3435	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S7E
24	3266	3326	3266	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S8
24	3245	3305	3245	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S6
24	3205	3265	3205	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S5
24	2611	2671	2611	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S4
24	1981	2041	1981	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: S3
09	NIL	NIL	NIL	3363	DTHR 90 M.
09	3434	3494	3434	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: N5
09	2400	2460	2400	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: N4
09	1881	1941	1881	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: N3
27	3453	3513	3453	3453	NIL
18C	NIL	NIL	NIL	3300	NIL
18C	3271	3331	3271	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W1
18C	3072	3132	3072	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W2
18C	2681	2741	2681	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W3
18C	2378	2438	2378	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W4
18C	2090	2150	2090	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W5
36C	NIL	NIL	NIL	2850	DTHR 450 M.
36C	3300	3360	3300	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W10
36C	3297	3357	3297	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W11
36C	3050	3110	3050	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W9
36C	3050	3110	3050	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W12
36C	2695	2755	2695	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W8
36C	2131	2191	2131	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: W7
18L	3400	3460	3400	2825	Not AVBL for landing, except in case of an emergency. DTHR 575 M.
18L	2820	2880	2820	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: E5
18L	2582	2642	2582	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: E4
18L	2547	2607	2547	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: E8
18L	2114	2174	2114	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: E2
36R	NIL	NIL	NIL	2825	The section of 575 m beyond the displaced RWY-end shall not be used.
18R	NIL	NIL	NIL	3530	DTHR 270 M.
36L	3800	3860	3800	3800	Not AVBL for landing, except in case of an emergency.
36L	3247	3307	3247	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: V3
36L	2748	2808	2748	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: V2
36L	2148	2208	2148	NIL	Take-off from intersection with TWY: V1

EHAM AD 2.14 APPROACH AND RUNWAY LIGHTING

RWY designator	APCH LGT type length INTST	THR LGT colour WBAR	VASIS location/slope MEHT	TDZ LGT length	RWY CL LGT length spacing colour INTST
1	2	3	4	5	6
04	SALS 450 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 50 FT	NIL	NIL
22	SALS 450 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.1° 48 FT	NIL	NIL
06	CAT II/III 900 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 70 FT	900 M	3439 M 15 M W LIH
24	NIL	G NIL	PAPI Both sides/3.0° 70 FT	NIL	3439 M 15 M W LIH
09	NIL	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 64 FT	NIL	3453 M 15 M W LIH
27	CAT II/III 750 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 67 FT	900 M	3453 M 30 M W LIH
18C	CAT II/III 900 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 68 FT	900 M	3300 M 15 M W LIH
36C	CAT II/III 900 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 70 FT	900 M	3300 M 15 M W LIH
18L	NIL	G NIL	NIL	NIL	3400 M 15 M W LIH
36R	CAT II/III 900 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 70 FT	900 M	2825 M 15 M W LIH
18R	CAT II/III 900 M LIH	G NIL	PAPI Left side/3.0° 70 FT	900 M	3800 M 15 M W LIH
36L	NIL	G NIL	NIL	NIL	3800 M 15 M W LIH

RWY designator	RWY edge LGT length spacing colour INTST	RWY end LGT colour WBAR	SWY LGT length colour	Remarks
1	7	8	9	10
04	2200 M 50 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	PAPI - For aircraft with eye-to-wheel height (EWH) of more than 8 M (26.2 FT) minimum wheel height over threshold (WTH) of 6 M is not guaranteed. RWY edge LGT - Spacing: irregular interval between edge LGT at intersection with TWY G3. - Colour: white/yellow. LED LGT - LED lights used for PAPI, THR and end lights.
22	2020 M 50 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	PAPI - For aircraft with eye-to-wheel height (EWH) of more than 8 M (26.2 FT) minimum wheel height over threshold (WTH) of 6 M is not guaranteed. PAPI not to be used by B747 because of limited MEHT. RWY edge LGT - Spacing: irregular interval between edge LGT at intersection with TWY G3. - Colour: white/yellow. LED LGT - LED lights used for THR and end lights.
06	3439 M 60 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: red from beginning of RWY to DTHR; white from DTHR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for APCH, PAPI, THR, TDZ, CL, edge and end lights.
24	3439 M 60 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: white from THR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for PAPI, THR, CL, edge and end lights.
09	3453 M 30 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: red from beginning of RWY to DTHR; white from DTHR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for PAPI, THR, CL, edge and end lights.
27	3453 M 30 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: white from THR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for APCH, PAPI, THR, TDZ, CL, edge and end lights.
18C	3300 M 30 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: white from THR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for APCH, PAPI, THR, TDZ, CL, edge and end lights.
36C	3300 M 30 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: red from beginning of RWY to DTHR; white from DTHR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for APCH, PAPI, THR, TDZ, CL, edge and end lights.
18L	3400 M 30 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: red from beginning of RWY to DTHR; white from DTHR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for THR, CL, edge and end lights.
36R	2825 M 30 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. - No lights beyond displaced RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: white from THR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. - No lights beyond displaced RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for APCH, PAPI, THR, TDZ, CL, edge and end lights.
18R	3800 M 60 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: red from beginning of RWY to DTHR; white from DTHR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for APCH, PAPI, THR, TDZ, CL, edge and end lights.
36L	3800 M 60 M W LIH	R NIL	NIL	RWY centre line LGT - Colour: white from THR to 900 M before RWY-end; white/red from 900 M before RWY-end to 300 M before RWY-end; red from 300 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. RWY edge LGT - Colour: white from THR to 600 M before RWY-end; yellow from 600 M before RWY-end to RWY-end. LED LGT - LED lights used for THR, CL, edge and end lights.

EHAM AD 2.15 OTHER LIGHTING, SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY

1	ABN/IBN location, characteristics and hours of operation	NIL
2	LDI location and LGT Anemometer location and LGT	LDI: NIL Anemometer: 105 M FM centre line near TDZ RWY 06, 18C, 18R, 27, 36C, 36L and 36R; 105 M FM centre line and 100 M FM TDZ RWY 22.
3	TWY edge and centre line lighting	See EHAM AD 2.9.
4	Secondary power supply Switchover time	RWYs: generator and battery; TWYs: generator. RWYs: within 1 second; TWYs: within 15 seconds.
5	Remarks	NIL

EHAM AD 2.16 HELICOPTER LANDING AREA

1	Coordinates TLOF or THR of FATO Geoid undulation	Schiphol-East: Intersection RWY 04/22 and TWY G2/G8: 521842.77N 0044759.82E, 142 FT TWY G between TWY G1 and hangar 1: 521849N 0044822E, 142 FT
2	TLOF and/or FATO elevation	Intersection RWY 04/22 and TWY G2/G8: -12.1 FT TWY G between TWY G1 and hangar 1: -13.2 FT
3	TLOF and FATO area dimensions, surface, strength, marking	Intersection RWY 04/22 and TWY G2/G8: rectangular 35 x 30 M TWY G between TWY G1 and hangar 1: square 14 x 14 M
4	True BRG of FATO	Intersection RWY 04/22 and TWY G2/G8: 041.25/221.27° TWY G between TWY G1 and hangar 1: NIL
5	Declared distances available	NIL
6	APCH and FATO lighting	NIL
7	Remarks	Intersection RWY 04/22 and TWY G2/G8: TLOF: green omnidirectional lights, interval 5 M; no markings. TWY G between TWY G1 and hangar 1: only for State police helicopters; at ATC discretion. TLOF not lighted.

EHAM AD 2.17 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES AIRSPACE

Designation and lateral limits

Vertical limits

Airspace classification

ATS unit
call sign
language(s)

Transition altitude

Hours of applicability

Remarks

SCHIPHOL CTR
(EHAM)
522454N 0043805E -
522821N 0043824E -
522801N 0044812E -
522621N 0044803E along
clockwise arc (radius 8 NM,
centre 521829N 0044551E) -
522454N 0043805E.

3000 FT AMSL

GND

Schiphol Tower
English

3000 FT AMSL

H24

Restricted to ACFT capable of maintaining two-way radio communication with Schiphol TWR, unless prior permission from Aerodrome Control has been obtained. Such permission will only be given in extraordinary cases.

EHAM AD 2.18 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES COMMUNICATION FACILITIES

Service designation	Call sign	Channel(s)	SATVOICE NR	Logon address	Hours of operation	Remarks
1	2	3	4	5	6	7
APP	Schiphol Approach/Departure	119.055	NIL	NIL	H24	PRI At ATC discretion. Intermediate approach.
		118.080	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion. · Intermediate approach. At ATC discretion. Intermediate approach.
		312.375	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion. Intermediate approach.
		121.205	NIL	NIL	H24	PRI At ATC discretion. Intermediate approach. Departures.
	Schiphol Arrival	118.405	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion. · Intermediate and final approach main RWY. At ATC discretion. Intermediate and final approach main RWY.
	Schiphol Arrival	126.680	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion. Intermediate and final approach main RWY.
	Schiphol Approach	131.155	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion. At ATC discretion.
TWR	Schiphol Tower	119.230	NIL	NIL	H24	PRI RWY 04/22 and 18L/36R. VDF.
		118.105	NIL	NIL	H24	PRI RWY 18C/36C. VDF.
		118.280	NIL	NIL	H24	PRI RWY 18R/36L. VDF.
		135.110	NIL	NIL	H24	PRI RWY 06/24. VDF.
		362.875	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion.
	Schiphol Delivery	121.980	NIL	NIL	H24	Clearance delivery (start-up control VFR only).
	Schiphol Delivery	121.590	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion.
	Schiphol Planner	121.655	NIL	NIL	H24	Outbound planner.
	Schiphol Planner	121.590	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion.
	ATC Operational Information Schiphol	131.355	NIL	NIL	H24	Broadcast of information about expected RWY combinations related to SIDs, during peak HR.
GND	Schiphol Ground	121.560	NIL	NIL	H24	Ground control (see EHAM AD 2.20, EHAM AD 2.22 and AD 2.EHAM-GMC).
		121.705	NIL	NIL	H24	Ground control (see EHAM AD 2.20, EHAM AD 2.22 and AD 2.EHAM-GMC).
		121.805	NIL	NIL	H24	Ground control (see EHAM AD 2.20, EHAM AD 2.22 and AD 2.EHAM-GMC).
		121.905	NIL	NIL	H24	Ground control (see EHAM AD 2.20, EHAM AD 2.22 and AD 2.EHAM-GMC).
		121.590	NIL	NIL	H24	At ATC discretion.
ATIS	Schiphol Arrival Information	132.980	NIL	NIL	H24	ATIS service also AVBL by ACARS for ACFT equipped with ACARS-MU (AEEC 622 and 623 compliant).
ATIS	Schiphol Departure Information	122.205	NIL	NIL	H24	ATIS service also AVBL by ACARS for ACFT equipped with ACARS-MU (AEEC 622 and 623 compliant).

EHAM AD 2.19 RADIO NAVIGATION AND LANDING AIDS

Type of aid MAG VAR Supported OPS ILS CAT GBAS facility (VOR/ILS/MLS declination)	ID	Frequency CH Service provider Reference path ID	Hours of operation	Position of transmitting antenna	DME: ELEV transmitting antenna GBAS: ELEV ellipsoid height reference point SBAS: ellipsoid height LTP/FTP	GBAS reference point service volume radius	Remarks
1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8
DVOR/DME (02° E) (decl.: 2°E)	SPL	108.400 MHz CH 21X	H24	521955.7N 0044459.6E	0 FT	NIL	60 NM/250 FL in sector 000°-360° MAG
DME 06	KAG	CH 42Y	H24	521721.9N 0044432.9E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 06. Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.19 NM.
GP 06	KAG	329.450 MHz	H24	521723.1N 0044431.9E	NIL	NIL	NIL
LOC 06 (02° E) ILS CAT III/E/4 (decl.: 2°E)	KAG	110.550 MHz	H24	521826.1N 0044704.2E	NIL	NIL	529 M from THR RWY 24. Not to be used outside 30° west of RCL 06.
DME 18C	ZWA	CH 32X	H24	521942.9N 0044414.8E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 18C. Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.20 NM.
GP 18C	ZWA	332.600 MHz	H24	521942.7N 0044416.9E	NIL	NIL	NIL
LOC 18C (02° E) ILS CAT III/E/4 (decl.: 2°E)	ZWA	109.500 MHz	H24	521800.5N 0044413.8E	NIL	NIL	634 M from displaced THR RWY 36C.
DME 18R	VPB	CH 38X	H24	522126.3N 0044250.2E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 18R. Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.20 NM.
GP 18R	VPB	334.400 MHz	H24	522126.4N 0044247.6E	NIL	NIL	NIL
LOC 18R (02° E) ILS CAT III/E/4 (decl.: 2°E)	VPB	110.100 MHz	H24	521933.2N 0044231.0E	NIL	NIL	299 M from THR RWY 36L.
DME 22	SCH	CH 28Y	H24	521848.0N 0044755.2E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 22. Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.17 NM.
GP 22	SCH	331.250 MHz	H24	521846.8N 0044757.1E	NIL	NIL	NIL
LOC 22 (02° E) ILS CAT I/C/1 (decl.: 2°E)	SCH	109.150 MHz	H24	521755.3N 0044651.9E	NIL	NIL	NIL
DME 27	BVB	CH 52Y	H24	521911.1N 0044731.2E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 27. Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.20 NM.
GP 27	BVB	332.750 MHz	H24	521909.5N 0044731.3E	NIL	NIL	NIL
LOC 27 (02° E) ILS CAT III/E/4 (decl.: 2°E)	BVB	111.550 MHz	H24	521859.7N 0044439.8E	NIL	NIL	NIL
DME 36C	MSA	CH 24Y	H24	521831.8N 0044408.3E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 36C.Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.19 NM.
GP 36C	MSA	330.350 MHz	H24	521831.7N 0044410.3E	NIL	NIL	Designated operational range: 15 NM.
LOC 36C (02° E) ILS CAT III/E/4 (decl.: 2°E)	MSA	108.750 MHz	H24	522002.4N 0044425.0E	NIL	NIL	288 M from THR RWY 18C.
DME 36R	ABA	CH 56Y	H24	521737.4N 0044630.1E	0 FT	NIL	DME reads zero at THR RWY 36R. Distance DME antenna/THR is 0.19 NM.
GP 36R	ABA	330.950 MHz	H24	521737.4N 0044633.1E	NIL	NIL	NIL
LOC 36R (02° E) ILS CAT III/E/4 (decl.: 2°E)	ABA	111.950 MHz	H24	521924.6N 0044649.4E	NIL	NIL	821 M from THR RWY 18L.
GPS	NIL	L1 1575.42 MHz	H24	NIL	NIL	NIL	NIL
EGNOS	NIL	L1 1575.42 MHz	H24	NIL	NIL	NIL	See EHAM AD 2.22 for FAS data block

EHAM AD 2.20 LOCAL AERODROME REGULATIONS

1 SLOTS

1.1 Domestic IFR flights

Domestic IFR flights with destination Schiphol Airport shall comply with the CTOT issued by the Network Manager (see ENR 1.9 paragraph 2).

1.2 Airport slot co-ordination

1.2.1 Definitions

Commercial aviation : flights performed by an air carrier providing scheduled flights, programmed charters or ad hoc flights which are open for individual bookings for passengers, and/or freight, and/or mail, including positioning flights which are directly linked to the operation of these flights.
General aviation : all aviation except commercial aviation. Business aviation, air taxi operations and technical flights are part of general aviation.
Technical flights : all positioning and test flights operated for reason of maintenance, repair or overhaul. Flights carrying passengers, mail or cargo will not be considered technical flights.

1.2.2 Slot request

Slot requests for commercial aviation must be filed in the slot clearance request (SCR) format according the IATA standard schedule information manual (SSIM) Chapter 6.
Slot requests for GA must be filed in the general aviation clearance request (GCR) format according the SSIM Appendix K.
The requests must include information about the flight number or registration number and the desired date/time.
Requests for exempt or incidental night operations can only be submitted at least one working day before the day of operation.
Slot requests shall be submitted to:
Airport Coordination Netherlands (ACNL)
Email: [email protected]
Contact information ACNL during office hours:
Tel: +31 (0)20 405 9730
URL: https://www.slotcoordination.nl

1.2.3 Slot misuse

Due to environmental constraints Schiphol Airport has a limited number of slots during the night between 2200-0600 (2100-0500). Aircraft are not allowed to land or take-off without a slot applicable to this specific period. In case of violations the competent authority will take legal measures. For more information, see https://english.ilent.nl/themes/s/slot-misuse-enforcement.

1.2.4 Procedures

1.2.4.1 Commercial aviation

Commercial aviation must always submit a request for the allocation of available landing and take-off slots to ACNL and receive approval before operating.
At the IATA Schedules Conferences, slots for commercial aviation will be allocated for the next winter or summer season.
After the slot return date, well before the start of the season, a slot pool as described in Council Regulation (EEC) no 95/93 is being set up.
After the slot return date commercial aviation can submit requests for these pool slots to ACNL.

1.2.4.2 General aviation

For landing and take-off at Schiphol Airport, general aviation must submit a request for the allocation of available ad hoc slots to ACNL and await approval before operating.
General aviation is in principle not allowed to operate during the night between 2200-0600 (2100-0500).
The allocation of airport slots for GA will not start before the slot return date, i.e. 31 JAN for the summer season and 31 AUG for the winter season.
GA operators or their handlers will receive a slot identifier (ID) from ACNL. They are requested to mention this slot ID in all communications about the slot and to file the slot ID in the flight plan item 18.
Requests for ad hoc slots must be submitted after the slot return date in GCR-SSIM format message to the above mentioned email address.
Ad hoc slots do not create historic precedence and may not be used for commercial aviation as defined above.
In close consultation with the Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management, ACNL may decide to allocate slots during the night for event driven flights with public interest on an incidental basis.

1.2.4.3 Exemptions

The following flights are exempted from having a slot in order to land or take-off at a co-ordinated airport (based on Council Regulation (EEC) no 95/93 as amended):

State flights, including aircraft used for public service;
Emergency landings;
Humanitarian flights, including medical emergencies such as donor flights and flights where safety of life is involved.

1.2.4.4 Force majeure

The following reasons could be considered as being beyond control and unforeseen:

technical failures and aircraft defects at previous stations and no alternative available within reasonable time;
return to airport because of in-flight failure (such as: bird strike) and the subsequent departure on the same day;
local ATC directives severely disturbing normal operations;
unforeseen ATC delays locally and/or en-route (e.g. industrial actions, radar failures, political);
severe weather conditions at other stations and/or home stations;
limited runway use due to exceptional reasons at departure stations;
political instructions (for instance major events with possible effects on safety, state flights).

1.3 Expected severe capacity reduction

In case of an expected temporary severe capacity reduction, e.g. due to extremely adverse weather conditions, a procedure may be invoked to inform airlines and ground handling companies on the expected disruption, which may include an advice to cancel, divert or reschedule flights on a voluntary basis. The advice will be communicated by the flow manager aircraft through the website Airport Operations Online (register on www.schiphol.nl/airportoperations).

2 GROUND CONTROL AT SCHIPHOL AIRPORT

2.1 General

Schiphol Airport is equipped with a mode S surface movement system. Aircraft operators should ensure that the mode S transponders are able to operate when the aircraft is on the ground according to ICAO specifications (Annex 10, volume IV, 3.1.2.8.5.3 and 3.1.2.10.3.10).

The aircraft identification should be entered before the transponder is activated. Pilots must use the ICAO defined format for entry of the aircraft identification. For details about this format see ENR 1.6, section 2.1.1 Normal procedures or ENR 1.10, section 3.2.1 ITEM 7: aircraft identification (maximum 7 characters).

Pilots shall select the assigned mode A (squawk) code and activate the mode S transponder:

from request of push-back or taxi whichever is earlier;
after landing, continuously until the aircraft is fully parked on stand. The transponder shall be deactivated immediately after parking.

Activation of the mode S transponder means selecting AUTO mode, ON, XPNDR, or the equivalent according to specific installation. Selection of the STAND-BY mode will NOT activate the mode S transponder. Depending on the hardware configuration, selecting ON could overrule the required suppression of SSR replies and mode S all-call replies when the transponder is on the ground.

To ensure that the performance of systems based on SSR frequencies (including airborne TCAS units and SSR radars) is not compromised; TCAS should not be selected before receiving the clearance to line up. For arriving aircraft, TCAS should be deselected as soon as possible after vacating the runway.

Aircraft shall comply with the standard taxi routings to and from the stands as depicted on the GMC chart. Deviations from the standard taxi routings will be given timely to the pilot by Schiphol Ground.

In order to prevent dazzling the marshaller or the push-back crew, pilots are requested when reaching or leaving the parking position on the apron, to switch off their landing lights and, when equipped with both a conventional red anti-collision light and a sequenced white strobe light system, to switch off the latter system as well.

3 TAXITOW OPERATIONS WITH TAXIING AIRCRAFT

To reduce the environmental burden of taxiing aircraft, some aircraft are towed to the runway by a tow truck with the pilot of the connected aircraft in command. These taxiing operations are referred to as taxitow by ATC. Right-of-way in accordance with taxiing aircraft is applicable.

Taxitow operations are identified by a yellow-coloured tow truck operating with anti-collision lights on top, similar like the anti-collision lights of the aircraft.

Tow trucks with an amber coloured flashing light on top, whether or not connected to an aircraft, are regarded towing operations.

4 DOCKING AND SELF-PARKING PROCEDURES / VISUAL DOCKING GUIDANCE SYSTEMS

4.1 General

Aircraft docking is conducted by a visual docking guidance system, by a self-parking procedure (on dedicated aircraft stands only), or by marshaller guidance. If applied, marshaller guidance prevails over all other docking or parking procedures.
When taxiing onto the designated aircraft stand, pilots must apply minimum thrust to avoid excessive jet blast on adjacent aircraft stands.
It is strictly prohibited to cross the ATC boundary and enter an aircraft stand which is equipped with a visual docking guidance system if:

the visual docking guidance system is not activated, or
the visual docking guidance system displays an incorrect aircraft type, or
the visual docking guidance system displays “STOP”, and
there is no marshaller guidance available.

In that case pilots must hold position on the taxiway centre line. Turning towards the lead-in line of the aircraft stand is not allowed as to avoid excessive jet blast on opposite aircraft stands when the aircraft has to accelerate from a standstill.
Aircraft with a black livery may not be detected accurately by the A-VDGS (see below), pilots of such aircraft must require marshaller guidance.
Further details on docking and self-parking procedures are described in the following paragraphs.

4.2 Marshaller guidance

Marshaller guidance is required for aircraft docking at the following aprons:

C-pier: aircraft stands C11, C13, C14 and C16;
J-apron (except P10, P12, P14 and P16 in case of de-icing, see EHAM AD 2.20 paragraph 11);
K-apron.

Parking without guidance by marshaller is prohibited at these aircraft stands.

4.3 Advanced Visual Docking Guidance System (A-VDGS)

A-VDGS is available at the following aircraft stands:

B-pier, aircraft stands B15, B17, B23, B27, B31, B35 only;
C-pier, except aircraft stands C11, C13, C14, C16;
D-apron;
D-pier;
E-apron;
E-pier;
F-pier;
G-apron;
G-pier;
R-apron;
S-apron, aircraft stands S61-S69 only.

Pilots must follow the instructions given by the A-VDGS:

Displayed text	Significance
ID FAIL	A-VDGS fails to identify aircraft. Stop and await further instructions.
STOP GATE NOT CLEAR	Not ready for docking. Hold on taxiway centerline to prevent jetblast on adjacent aircraft stands.
STOP	Operator pushed the emergency stop button. Stop immediately and await further instructions.
STOP HOLD BREAKS	Aircraft reached final stop position. Hold brakes until further notice.
DOCKING OK	Aircraft is parked at correct position. Hold brakes until CHOCKS ON appears on display.
CHOCKS ON	Wheel chocks are in place.

The STOP position is reached when the A-VDGS displays “DOCKING OK”.

4.4 AGNIS/PAPA

AGNIS PAPA VDGS is available at the following aircraft stands:

H-pier;
J-apron;
S-apron, aircraft stands S72-S96 only.

The system consists of an azimuth guidance unit (AGNIS) and a stop information system (PAPA). The system is calibrated for use from the left-hand cockpit seat.
The STOP position is reached when the lit bar is in line with the white coloured line representing the applicable aircraft type. Be aware that read-out from the right-hand seat may result in incorrect parking.
For a lay-out example see figure below.

4.5 Self parking procedure

Self parking is applicable at the following aircraft stands:

A-apron;
B-pier (B16-B36 only);
Aircraft stands B91-B95;
Y-apron.

During low visibility phase C and D, see AD 2.22 paragraph 3, marshaller guidance is required.

Extended stop line marking is provided on both sides of the lead-in line, provided with a yellow STOP marking on both extremes.

The STOP position is reached when the STOP marking is in line with the pilot’s eye view at an angle of 90 degrees to the lead-in line, see figure below.

5 ENVIRONMENTAL BURDEN REDUCTION DURING TAXI

In order to reduce the environmental burden:

after landing, all arriving aircraft shall switch off as many engines as possible before taxiing to the aircraft stand;
all departing aircraft shall use as few engines as possible whilst taxiing to the runway.

Reduced engine taxiing should only be executed when allowed in accordance with company standard operating procedures (SOP) and when deemed safe by the crew.

6 USE OF APU

The use of auxiliary power units (APU) and ground power units (GPU) is strictly controlled at all aircraft stands where (fixed) 400 Hz power units or GPU are available. These power units shall be used to reduce environmental and noise burden.
For cooling and heating purposes (zero emission) pre-conditioned air units (PCA) shall be used.
At all other aircraft stands, flight crew are urgently requested to not use the APU.

The APU should:

be shut down as soon as practicable following actual in-block time (AIBT), but no later than 5 MIN after parking brakes set;
not be restarted in order to start the engines until:
- 5 MIN prior to TOBT for narrow body aircraft;
- 10 MIN prior to TOBT for wide body aircraft.

Note: if the TOBT is delayed by more than 20 minutes the APU must be turned off again.

Exceptions:

When it is necessary to use an APU to diagnose and/or rectify aircraft faults (for technical/maintenance reasons). Prior permission required from the Airside Operations office.
When 400 Hz power units (including GPU) and/or PCA units are not operative or not available. Prior permission required from the Airside Operations office.
When the outside temperature is below -5°C or above +25°C (according to METAR).
PCA will not be connected in wind conditions from 36 KT (according to METAR) due to risk of equipment damage and/or injury. For specific PCA hoses with lesser mass a lower limit of 21 KT (according to METAR) applies.
If a flight is subject to a 100% customs check and connection of a PCA is not allowed by the authorities.
When it is necessary to use the APU to ensure safety on board (captain responsibility). Report to Airside Operations office as soon as practicable.

For contacting Airside Operations office: TEL +31 (0)20 601 2115.

Note : Groundcontrol, Apron Control and channel 130.480 are not to be used.

Note : the use of aircraft engines for air-conditioning purposes on the apron is not allowed.

7 JET BLAST HAZARD

Pilots are to use the minimum power necessary when manoeuvring on the taxiway system. This is of particular importance at locations where jet blast can affect adjacent aircraft stands such as:

TWY A when turning left onto TWY S6 for line-up RWY 24 (ICAO code letter E and F aircraft only).
TWY A when turning left onto TWY S7 for line-up RWY 24 or crossing RWY 24.
TWY A9C when taxiing out on TWY A9C.
TWY A10 when turning right onto TWY A13.
TWY A12 when turning right onto TWY A13.
TWY A16 when turning right onto TWY A.
Aircraft stands D3, E18, E20, and E22 when docking.

Note: when taxiing out on TWY A14 to TWY A or B, avoid turning left towards TWY A16 to avoid jet blast on aircraft stands E17 and E19.

Note: when facing east on TWY A12, avoid turning left onto TWA A to avoid jet blast on aircraft stand E77.

8 TRAINING AND TEST FLIGHT REGULATIONS

8.1 General

Training flights and test flights from/to Schiphol Airport are only permitted MON-FRI daily 0600-2100 (0500-2000), but not on public holidays (see GEN 2.1). However, the following test flights are exempted from these restrictions:

urgent test flights related to corrective maintenance with the objective to restore airworthiness of aircraft;
test flights from/to Schiphol Airport that perform tests only outside the Schiphol CTR.

These two exemptions are also permitted on SAT, SUN and public holidays daily 0800-1800 (0700-1700), provided they have permission of the Operational Helpdesk (in conformity with the standard procedure, see ENR 1.3).

All training and test flights must be co-ordinated 24 HR in advance with:

Post:	LVNL Operational Helpdesk P.O. Box 75200 1117 ZT Luchthaven Schiphol
Tel:	+31 (0)20 406 2201 (OPR HR: 0600-1600 (0500-1500))
Email:	[email protected]
URL:	https://www.lvnl.nl/ohd

Furthermore, all training and test flights must have obtained, in advance, the explicit permission of the Flow Manager Aircraft of Amsterdam Airport Schiphol, TEL: +31 (0)20 601 2115.

8.2 Training flights with military aircraft

It is not allowed to perform training flights with military aircraft.

8.3 Use of a non-preferential runway

The use of RWY 04/22 for training flights is only allowed for single engine propeller aircraft with an MTOM < 5700 KG (JAR-OPS category B). The use of a non-preferential runway for other training flights is not allowed.

9 ILS OPERATIONS BY FOREIGN OPERATORS

No authorisation for carrying out ILS operations at Schiphol is required for foreign operators in possession of a declaration of competency issued by their national administrations.

10 REMOTE HOLDING AND OUTBOUND HOLDING ON AIRCRAFT STAND

10.1 General

Remote holding procedures may be used by ATC or the airport authority if:

The designated aircraft stand is occupied by another aircraft.
A departing aircraft must vacate the aircraft stand for an arriving aircraft, but is not yet allowed to depart due to the assigned CTOT by the Network Manager.

A remote holding position must be entered via the standard taxi routing unless instructed otherwise by ATC. Pilots must stop at the indicated STOP position (see paragraph 10.3), to ensure sufficient clearance to adjacent taxiways. A departing aircraft will be towed to the remote holding position (see paragraph 10.4).

After ATC instruction the remote holding position must be vacated without delay, via the standard taxi routing unless instructed otherwise by ATC.

In order to optimise gate utilisation, aircraft which are ready for start-up may be repositioned onto another aircraft stand (see paragraph 10.5 and 10.6). This can either be initiated by the airport authority or on request of the ground handling company. The flight crew will be notified of the repositioning by the ground handling company, including the estimated holding duration.

10.2 Remote holding positions

The following apron positions are available for remote holding:

Apron	Location	Positions	Max wingspan	Remarks
P-holding	Between TWY A12 and TWY A13	P1	69 M	Either P1 AVBL or PA and PB AVBL. Either P3 AVBL or PC and PD AVBL.
		P2	36 M
		P3	Not applicable
		PA, PB, PC, PD	36 M
On R-apron	Adjacent to TWY R	P20	36 M	Enter via TWY R. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted 1).
	Adjacent to TWY R	P21	36 M
	Adjacent to TWY Q and TWY R	P22	36 M	Enter via TWY A or TWY Q and P23. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	Adjacent to TWY Q and TWY R	P23	36 M	Enter via TWY A or TWY Q. Exit via P22. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
On TWY VS	East of holding RWY 36L	P6	Not applicable	Either P6 AVBL or P6A and P6B AVBL.
		P6A	36 M
		P6B	36 M
		P7	Not applicable	Either P7 AVBL or P7A and P7B AVBL.
		P7A	36 M
		P7B	36 M

Location	Positions	Max wingspan	Remarks
P-holding situated between TWY A12 and TWY A13. Either P1 AVBL or PA and PB AVBL. Either P3 AVBL or PC and PD AVBL.	P1	69 M	Yellow centre line lights and yellow stop position lights.
	P2	36 M	Yellow centre line lights and yellow stop position lights.
	P3	Not applicable	Yellow centre line lights and yellow stop position lights.
	PA, PB, PC, PD	36 M	Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
Adjacent to TWY A30 and TWY R Enter via TWY A30, exit via TWY R	P20	36 M	Blue centre line marking. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	P21	Not applicable	Yellow centre line lights and red stop position lights.
	P22	36 M	Orange centre line marking. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	P24	36 M	Blue centre line marking. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	P25	Not applicable	Yellow centre line lights and red stop position lights.
	P26	36 M	Orange centre line marking. Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
East of holding RWY 36L on TWY VS. Either P6 AVBL or P6A and P6B AVBL. Either P7 AVBL or P7A and P7B AVBL.	P6	Not applicable	Green centre line lights and yellow stop position lights.
	P6A	36 M	Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	P6B	36 M	Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	P7	Not applicable	Green centre line lights and yellow stop position lights..
	P7A	36 M	Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.
	P7B	36 M	Centre line and designated stop position not lighted.

¹⁾ At the end of the combined lead-in line of remote holding position P20 and P21 pilots shall turn 180 degrees left for P20, or 180 degrees right for P21 to hold nose out at the designated stop position.

10.3 Guidance and markings at remote holding positions

10.4 Towing to a remote holding position (outbound aircraft)

10.4.1 Push-back and towing

Flight crew follows truck driver's instruction and does not contact Schiphol Ground.
Transponder and engines remain switched off.
Anti-collision lights switched on.

10.4.2 On remote holding position

Anti-collision lights remain switched on.
Flight crew activates the transponder with the transponder code received from Schiphol Delivery.
Flight crew contacts Schiphol Planner and confirms positioned at the remote holding position.
Schiphol Planner will confirm transponder on radar and will instruct flight crew to monitor Schiphol Ground (monitor Schiphol Planner on the second communication set for possible reclearances).
Flight crew instructs the truck driver to disconnect and awaits the "ALL CLEAR" signal from ground crew.
Engines remain switched off; no prior approval required to use the APU.

Note: no ground power unit available at the remote holding position.

10.4.3 Taxi-out

Flight crew contacts Schiphol Ground in TSAT window for start-up and taxi instruction.
Flight crew receives ATC instruction to taxi-out.

10.5 Towing to another aircraft stand (outbound aircraft)

Note: see paragraph 9.6 for towing to aircraft stand G71.

10.5.1 Push-back and towing

Flight crew follows truck driver's instruction and does not contact Schiphol Ground.
Transponder and engines remain switched off.
Anti-collision lights switched on.

10.5.2 On stand

Anti-collision lights switched off, to be switched on just prior to push-back.
Tow truck remains connected.
Flight crew contacts Schiphol Planner and confirms positioned at the new aircraft stand.
Engines remain switched off; no prior approval required to use the APU.
Flight crew contacts Schiphol Planner in TSAT window.

Note: no ground power unit available.

10.6 Towing to aircraft stand G71 (outbound aircraft)

10.6.1 Push-back

Aircraft is pushed onto aircraft stand G71, positioned nose-out.
Transponder and engines remain switched off.

10.6.2 On stand

Flight crew holds brakes; no chocks required.
Anti-collision lights remain switched on to ensure ground crew stays clear of the aircraft stand.
Flight crew receives "ALL CLEAR" signal from ground crew.
Engines remain switched off; no prior approval required to use the APU.

10.6.3 Taxi-out

Engine start-up on stand only after start-up approval from ATC.
Cross-bleed start is prohibited.
Flight crew receives ATC instruction to taxi-out.

11 DE-ICING

11.1 General

Non KLM de-icing customers will be instructed by their specific ground handling company, see EHAM AD 2.23. KLM de-icing customers will be instructed by Snowdesk, see Snowdesk de-icing procedures below.

Note:

Tactile checks must be performed at the gate/aircraft stand.
Technical de-icing (landing gear, brakes, inside LE- or TE-flaps, under wing, engine inlets, fan blades, sensors and static ports/pitot probes) requires de-icing at the gate/aircraft stand, supervised by an aircraft maintenance technician (AMT). The aircraft operator is responsible for providing an AMT. If a regular de-icing treatment is still required afterwards, coordinate this with your ground handling company or Snowdesk, whichever is applicable.

11.2 Snowdesk de-icing procedures

Contact Snowdesk at earliest opportunity by ACARS (preferential) or voice for de-icing request. Additional requests (e.g. fuselage de-icing) should be made on initial contact. Inform Snowdesk immediately when de-icing is not required anymore.
Request ATC clearance from 20 MIN before TOBT or 35 MIN before CTOT.
Snowdesk will assign remote de-icing at the J-apron. In case gate/aircraft stand de-icing is assigned, flight crew will specifically be informed as such by Snowdesk via VHF.
Monitor Snowdesk as well as Schiphol Planner for any changes in the de-icing planning, until the ready call to Schiphol Planner is made.
Report READY:
- For taxiing to the J-apron:
  Report READY to Schiphol Planner when:
  - fully ready (push-back truck available, if applicable);
  - within TSAT window (TSAT -/+ 5 MIN).
- For de-icing at the gate/aircraft stand:
  When all doors are closed, report READY to Snowdesk regardless of TSAT window.
  Report READY to Schiphol Planner when de-icing is completed and when:
  - fully ready (push-back truck available, if applicable);
  - within TSAT window (TSAT -/+ 5 MIN).

11.3 Remote de-icing

11.3.1 General

The following apron positions are available for remote de-icing:

Apron	Location	Position	Max wingspan	Remarks
J-apron	Between TWY A20 and TWY A24	P10	MAX wingspan 68.5 M	Enter via TWY A20
		P12	MAX wingspan 65 M
		P14 and P16	MAX wingspan 80 M

Taxiway A between TWY A19 and A20 may be used as holding position for de-icing operations at the J-apron. Avoid holding on the upslope between A19 and A20 to prevent unintentional backward movement of the aircraft. High power settings may cause jet blast damage. Advise ATC if unable to comply with taxi clearances.
On taxiway A20 pilots shall use minimum breakaway thrust when turning right onto P10, P12, P14 and P16 to avoid jet blast hazard at adjacent aircraft stands.
The J-apron, including adjacent TWY A20, is not controlled by ATC. Pilots shall maintain separation from other aircraft at their own discretion. Padcontrol is responsible for sequencing and spot assignment only.
Pilots shall monitor Schiphol Ground at all times.

When instructed by Schiphol Ground, contact Padcontrol with call sign. Follow Padcontrol instructions and continue with the signboard procedure below.

11.3.2 Signboard and voice only procedure

When instructed by Schiphol Ground, contact Padcontrol with call sign. Follow Padcontrol instructions and continue with the signboard procedure below. If Padcontrol indicates the signboards to be U/S, continue with the voice only procedure below.

11.3.2.1 Signboard procedure

	Signboard examples
When instructed by Padcontrol, contact Iceman with call sign and report additional requests (e.g. fuselage de-icing) if applicable. Iceman will instruct: "ENTER (P10, P12, …)".
Hold position, monitor Iceman COM channel and signboard for current treatment, start time and anti-icing code. Treatment is completed when anti-ice code is displayed on signboard. Cockpit preparations and flight control checks may now be performed.
Hold position until STOP on sign board is extinguished. Iceman will advise when clear and to contact Schiphol Ground for taxi instructions.

11.3.2.2 Voice only procedure

When instructed by Padcontrol, contact Iceman with aircraft registration.
Iceman will instruct: "ENTER (P10, P12, …)".
Hold position, monitor Iceman COM channel for current treatment, anti-icing code and start time.
Hold position until Iceman gives the "ALL CLEAR" signal.
Cockpit preparations and flight control checks may now be performed.
Iceman will advise when clear and to contact Schiphol Ground for taxi.

11.4 Communication channels

Snowdesk	121.305
Schiphol Planner	121.655
Schiphol Ground	121.905
Padcontrol	121.605
Iceman	see electronic signboard.

Note: monitor Schiphol Ground at all times.

11.5 Guidance and markings at remote de-icing positions P10-P16

Note: yellow centre line lights and red stop position lights.

12 J-APRON PROCEDURES

12.1 General

The J-apron, including adjacent TWY A20, is not controlled by ATC. Pilots shall maintain separation from other aircraft at their own discretion. Procedures for entering and leaving the J-apron are detailed below, for de-icing procedures at the J-apron refer to paragraph 11.

12.2 Entering the J-apron

ATC instructs pilots entering the J-apron at TWY A20 to contact Apron Control 121.880 and follow the marshaller to the allocated aircraft stand.

12.3 Leaving the J-apron

Contact Schiphol Planner for start-up approval.
If parked at aircraft stand P10, P12, P14 or P16 and facing TWY A, contact Schiphol Ground for taxi clearance.
In all other situations, including aircraft parked at aircraft stand J80 - J87, contact Apron Control (121.880) to reposition the aircraft near the ATC service boundary on TWY A20.
Hold at the ATC service boundary on TWY A20 and contact Schiphol Ground (121.905) for taxi instructions.

Note: taxiing is only allowed after the "ALL CLEAR" signal from the push-back crew and clearance from Schiphol Ground have been obtained.

13 K-APRON PROCEDURES

13.1 General

The K-apron is not controlled by ATC; ground handling companies (see EHAM AD 2.23) handle the aircraft and allocate aircraft stands. The K-apron is open H24, for operating hours ground handling companies see EHAM AD 2.3. For aircraft stands and wingspan restrictions see chart APDC Schiphol East K-apron.

13.2 Entering the K-apron

Pilots shall enter the K-apron via intermediate holding position GL.

At intermediate holding position GL, contact Schiphol Amsterdam General Aviation (121.930) for aircraft stand allocation.
Self parking on all aircraft stands; nose in parking is mandatory. Contact ground handler if assistance is required.
A 180° turn using aircraft thrust is prohibited on all aircraft stands; aircraft will be turned by tow truck.

13.3 Leaving the K-apron

Pilots shall leave the K-apron via intermediate holding position GD.

IFR flights contact Schiphol Planner for start-up approval; VFR flights contact Schiphol Delivery for start-up approval.
Contact Schiphol Amsterdam General Aviation (121.930) to obtain approval to taxi to intermediate holding position GD.
Hold at intermediate holding position GD and contact Schiphol Ground (121.805) for further taxi instructions.

Note:

Taxiing is only allowed after the "ALL CLEAR" signal from the ground crew;
Taxiing from aircraft stand must commence within one minute after approval by Schiphol Amsterdam General Aviation;
When leaving aircraft stands K20 - K28 and K35 - K38 low power setting is required to avoid possible jet blast on adjacent aprons and service roads;
Exiting the K-apron via intermediate holding position GL is prohibited.

14 DEVIATIONS FROM EASA REGULATIONS

14.1 Commission Regulation (EU) No 139/2014 - Certification Specifications

Reference	Deviation	Related AIP section
1	2	3
Runway turn pads
CS ADR-DSN.B.095	A runway turn pad is not provided at the end of RWY 24. Instead, a turn-around area is provided.	EHAM AD 2.23
Objects on runway strips
CS ADR-DSN.B.165 (c)	Within the graded portion of the runway strip, there are several buried vertical surfaces that currently lack slope mitigation.	EHAM AD 2.12
Taxiways general
CS ADR-DSN.D.240 (a)	On several locations, the minimum wheel clearance for aircraft with outer main gear wheel span between 9 and 15 M is not AVBL.	EHAM AD 2.8
Taxiway minimum separation distance
CS ADR-DSN.D.260	On TWY A8, between aircraft stands D16 and D28, the separation distance from the aircraft stand taxi lane centre line to objects is 38 M instead of 40 M. By means of a local wingspan restriction of 61 M, it is ensured that a minimum clearance distance of 7.5 M to objects is maintained.	EHAM AD 2.8
CS ADR-DSN.D.260 (b)	At various locations, the required clearance of 51 M for code letter F aircraft between the taxiway centre line and objects is not met.	EHAM AD 2.8
Longitudinal slopes on taxiways
CS ADR-DSN.D.265 (b)(1)	At TWY A1A the longitudinal slope locally exceeds 1.5%.	EHAM AD 2.8
Sight distance of taxiways
CS ADR-DSN.D.275 (b)(1)	For some smaller code letter C aircraft a sight distance less than 300 M applies at the taxiway bridge TWY A - Q.	EHAM AD 2.8
Transverse slopes on taxiways
CS ADR-DSN.D.280 (b)(1)	At the junction between TWY A and aircraft stand P10, the maximum longitudinal slope of the taxiway locally measures just under 1.8%, thereby exceeding the 1.5% limit.	EHAM AD 2.8
Rapid exit taxiway
CS ADR-DSN.D.295	The radii of the rapid exit taxiways vary between 300 and 550 M.	EHAM AD 2.12
Taxiways on bridges
CS ADR-DSN.D.300 (c)	No straight TWY section has been provided prior to the TWY bridge connecting TWY V and TWY Y and vice versa, connecting TWY Z to TWY V and connecting TWY W13 to TWY V.	EHAM AD 2.8
Objects on taxiway strips
CS ADR-DSN.D.320 (b)(1)	In the curve of TWY A and Q a lateral restraint is placed at the edge of the taxiway pavement.	EHAM AD 2.8
Slopes on taxiway strips
CS ADR-DSN.D.330 (b)(c)	At specific locations near the taxiway bridges on TWY Q and V the maximum allowable slope within the taxiway strip of 5% is exceeded.	EHAM AD 2.8
Runway holding position on a taxiway
CS ADR-DSN.D.335 (b)(1)	Runway holding positions Z1, Z2, Y1 and Y2 are positioned within the obstacle limitation surfaces of RWY 18C-36C.	EHAM AD 2.9
Holding bays, runway holding positions, intermediate holding positions, and road holding positions
CS ADR-DSN.D.335 (b)(1)	Runway holding positions to protect the obstacle limitation surfaces of RWY 09-27 are not provided on TWY C and D.	EHAM AD 2.9
Location of holding bays, runway holding positions, intermediate holding positions and road holding positions
CS ADR-DSN.D.340	For code letter F operations, the location of runway holding positions for code letter E operations are used.	EHAM AD 2.9
Slopes on aprons
CS ADR-DSN.E.360 (b)	On apron U a maximum slope of 1.25% is applied.	EHAM AD 2.8
CS ADR-DSN.E.360 (b)	On apron Y a maximum slope of 1.6% is applied.	EHAM AD 2.8
Clearance distances on aircraft stands
CS ADR-DSN.E.365	At various aircraft stands, the minimum or reduced clearance distances are not met.	EHAM AD 2.8
CS ADR-DSN.E.365 (b)	At aircraft stands A41 and A51 the clearance distance between the wingtip and the service road is less than 4.5 M for code letter C aircraft.	EHAM AD 2.9
Wind direction indicator
CS ADR-DSN.K.490 (b)	On several runways, wind direction indicators are only AVBL at the beginning of the runway.	NIL
Markings General – Colour and conspicuity
CS ADR-DSN.L.520 (b)	For taxiway centre line markings of taxiways A19E and A19W, alternative colours are used.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.L.520 (b)	On apron U, taxiway markings and aircraft stand markings are applied in white instead of yellow because only towing traffic is permitted on site.	EHAM AD 2.9
Runway designation marking
CS ADR-DSN.L.525 (c)(1)(i)	The renumbering of the RWY designator of RWY 09/27 has been formally postponed by the competent authority until 2030.	EHAM AD 2.12
Threshold marking – Displaced threshold
CS ADR-DSN.L.535 (c)(3)	The distance between the last arrow marking and the threshold marking of RWY 18L is 27 M instead of 20 M.	EHAM AD 2.9
Taxiway centre line marking
CS ADR-DSN.L.555 (b)(5)	At two specific locations (prior to TWY-RWY intersection E1 and on TWY N2, prior to connecting to RWY 09/27) the taxiway centre line markings are interrupted in the curves leading towards the respective runways to prevent a runway incursions.	EHAM AD 2.9
Interruption of runway markings
CS ADR-DSN.L.560 (c)	At two specific locations (N2/E6 across RWY 09/27 and S7W/S8 across RWY 06/24) the taxiway centre line marking continues across the total width of the runway.	EHAM AD 2.9
Aircraft stand markings
CS ADR-DSN.L.590 (c)(1)	Lead-in lines on aircraft stands originate after the aircraft stand identification markings.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.L.590 (f)(2)	On aircraft stands where aircraft are parked using a docking system or a marshaller, the stop line has a length of less than 6 M.	EHAM AD 2.9
Road holding position marking
CS ADR-DSN.L.600 (b)(2)	Road-holding position markings along TWY S, designated for code letter F aircraft, are located at 43.5 M from the TWY centre line.	NIL
Mandatory instruction marking
CS ADR-DSN.L.605 (b)(2)	On TWYs E1, G3 and W6, no-entry markings are located across the taxiway instead of on both sides of the TWY CL marking.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.L.605 (c)(1)	The text of the mandatory instruction markings at RHPs Z1, Z2, Y1 and Y2 is not identical to that of the associated signs.	EHAM AD 2.9
Precision approach category II and III lighting system
CS ADR-DSN.M.635 (a)(1)	The array of the APCH LGT 27 has a reduced length of 750 M.	EHAM AD 2.14
CS ADR-DSN.M.635 (a)(2)	The interval between centre line lights of cat II/III approach lights of RWY 06 and 36R locally exceeds 30 M.	EHAM AD 2.9
Precision approach path indicator and abbreviated precision approach path indicator (PAPI and APAPI)
CS ADR-DSN.M.645 (b)(4)	All PAPI units, except those serving RWYs 04, 09, 18R and 27, are located further than the required 15 M from the edge of the full strength runway pavement.	EHAM AD 2.14
Runway edge lights
CS ADR-DSN.M.675 (b)(4)	Irregular spacing between runway edge lights at intersection with TWY G3.	EHAM AD 2.9
Taxiway centre line lights
CS ADR-DSN.M.710 (c)(1)	For taxiway centre line lights of taxiways A19E and A19W, alternative colours are used.	EHAM AD 2.9
Intermediate holding position lights
CS ADR-DSN.M.735 (b)	At VL and VM intermediate holding position lights are co-located with the respective markings.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.M.735 (c)(1)	The intermediate holding position lights at VL and VM radiate bi-directionally instead of uni-directionally.	EHAM AD 2.9
Runway guard lights
CS ADR-DSN.M.745 (b)(1)	At Schiphol, runway guard lights (RGLs) are not provided at taxiways where stop bars are used and operated.	EHAM AD 2.9
Road holding position light
CS ADR-DSN.M.770 (a)	Road-holding position lights are not provided.	NIL
Signs General
CS ADR-DSN.N.775 (c)(8)	Runway exit signs on TWYs S1 and S10 are located at 18.5 M from the defined runway pavement edge.	EHAM AD 2.9
Information signs
CS ADR-DSN.N.785 (b)(2)	Information signs are sometimes located within the minimum required 60 M distance from the intersecting taxiway.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.N.785 (b)(2)	On apron U, the distance between the location and direction signs near UN and the centre line of TWY C is 45 M instead of 60 M.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.N.785 (b)(3)	On several runways, runway exit signs are located 18.5 M from the edge of the runway pavement.	EHAM AD 2.9
CS ADR-DSN.N.785 (c)(9)	To avoid confusion with surrounding taxiways, all intermediate holding positions (VK, VL, VM, AS, BS, GD, GL and HN) are identified by the taxiway designation and a progressive letter instead of a progressive number.	EHAM AD 2.9
Aircraft stand identification signs
CS ADR-DSN.N.795 (c)	On several aircraft stands, the aircraft stand identification signs consist of a inscription in yellow on a black background.	EHAM AD 2.9
Lighting of fixed objects with a height 45 M to a height less than 150 M above ground level
CS ADR-DSN.Q.848 (a)	Obstacle lights on the central air traffic control tower are low intensity lights.	EHAM AD 2.10
Electrical systems – monitoring
CS ADR-DSN.S.890 (d)	Aeronautical ground lights are not monitored fully automatic.	NIL
CS ADR-DSN.S.890 (e)	For runways intended for use in in runway visual range conditions less than a value of 550 M, it has not been demonstrated that the functioning of the aeronautical ground lights is automatically monitored and that deviations are relayed to the maintenance crew and/or air traffic control.	NIL
Siting of equipment and installations on operational areas
CS ADR-DSN.T.915 (b)(1)	In the taxiway strip between TWY A and B near the B-pier, solar panels are present to provide power for the fuel supply system.	NIL

EHAM AD 2.21 NOISE ABATEMENT PROCEDURES

1 GENERAL

The following departure and arrival procedures have proved to be highly efficient in respect of noise abatement in the vicinity of Schiphol Airport. Aircraft may deviate from these procedures for safety reasons or otherwise instructed by ATC.

2 DEPARTURES (JET AIRCRAFT ONLY)

2.1 Take-off and climb procedure

The use of the noise abatement take-off and climb procedure NADP2 as mentioned in ICAO Doc 8168 Volume III is recommended for all jet aircraft departures from Schiphol Airport. If for operational reasons compliance with the recommended procedure is not possible, NADP1 may be used, but it is imperative to inform Schiphol Delivery if unable to comply with NADP2 as soon as possible via RTF. Adherence to this procedure is automatically monitored.

Note: operators are requested to inform the airport authority on the details of their departure procedure by sending copies of the relevant pages of the aircraft operating manual (AOM) to:

	Post:	Amsterdam Airport Schiphol Corporate Development Strategy & Airport Planning P.O. Box 7501 1118 ZG Schiphol Airport The Netherlands
	Email:	[email protected]

2.2 Minimum noise routing

The standard instrument departure routes as contained in EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 1.5 avoid residential areas as much as possible and must be considered minimum noise routes.

3 ARRIVALS (ALL AIRCRAFT)

For RWY 06 and RWY 18R RNAV low-noise procedures, continuous descent approach (CDA), for jet aircraft will be used between 2130-0530 (2030-0430), otherwise aircraft will be radar vectored towards interception of final leg at 3000 FT AMSL. Executing a CDA implies that after NIRSI, NARIX or SOKSI a continuously descending flight path without level segments is to be flown in a low power and low drag configuration. A flight path is considered continuously descending when there is no level segment. A segment is considered level if the altitude loss is less than 50 FT over a distance of 2.5 NM. For procedures and exemptions see EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 2.7.2.

3.1 Reduced flaps

For noise abatement using a reduced flaps landing procedure is recommended. However, use of this procedure is subject to captain's decision and safety prevails at all times.

Note: operators / aircraft types, not able to comply with the mentioned landing procedure, are requested to inform the airport authority by sending copies of the landing procedure in use to:

	Post:	Amsterdam Airport Schiphol Corporate Development Strategy & Airport Planning P.O. Box 7501 1118 ZG Schiphol Airport The Netherlands
	Email:	[email protected]

3.2 ILS available

Intercept the ILS using a minimum flap setting with landing gear retracted.
Select gear down after passing 2000 FT AMSL.
Postpone the selection of the minimum certified landing flap setting until passing 1200 FT AMSL.

3.3 Non precision approach

Intercept final leg.
Follow a descent path using a minimum flap setting with landing gear retracted which will NOT be lower than 5.2% (3.0 degrees).
Select gear down after passing 2000 FT AMSL.
Postpone the selection of the minimum certified landing flap setting until passing 1200 FT AMSL.

3.4 Visual approach

Intercept the final leg, avoiding populated areas as much as possible.
Follow a descent path using a minimum flap setting with landing gear retracted which will NOT be lower than 5.2% (3.0 degrees).
Select gear down after passing 2000 FT AMSL.
Postpone the selection of the minimum certified landing flap setting until passing 1200 FT AMSL.

4 USE OF RUNWAYS

4.1 General

The most frequently used runways are:

As landing runway: 06, 18R, 36R, 18C, 36C, 27.
As departure runway: 36L, 24, 36C, 18L, 18C, 09.

In unusual circumstances, such as extreme wind conditions, runways not available and during peak hours other choices may be used. Outside peak hours and during the night period a combination of 1 departure runway and 1 landing runway will be assigned. During outbound peak hours a combination of 2 departure runways and 1 landing runway may be in use. During inbound peak hours a combination of 1 departure runway and 2 landing runways may be in use. Assignment of runways in use is based on the preferential runway system , as prescribed in paragraph 4.3. For VFR traffic normally the RWY 04/22 will be assigned.

Note: propeller driven aircraft may be assigned a different departure and landing runway.

Note: the attention of pilots on final of RWY 04 or 22 is drawn to the size and texture of the parallel taxiway which, under certain weather conditions, is more conspicuous than the runway.

4.2 Use of helispot

The helispot can be used by helicopters arriving at or departing from Schiphol-East and is in principle only available during the night hours. A minimum altitude of 150 FT applies in the sectors between 105° - 165° MAG and 245° - 345° MAG.

4.3 Preferential runway system

4.3.1 General

The runways in use at Schiphol Airport will be selected by ATC according to a preferential runway system. This system is based on the following principles:

traffic safety prevails at all times.
departure and landing will normally take place on separate runways.
preferably a runway equipped with ILS will be selected for landing.
the preferential sequence for selecting runways in use depends on the combination of noise influences and traffic handling.
the wind and visibility criteria are directives for the selection of the runway combination(s) from the preferential sequence. These
directives are in accordance with the guidance material laid down in Annex 16-ICAO (Aircraft noise).
deviations from an assigned runway in order to obtain a shorter taxi route, departure or approach pattern are not permitted.

Due to noise abatement considerations, the use of a non-preferential runway for take-off and for landing is not permitted unless specifically requested for safety reasons by the pilot.

However, if a pilot decides that a different landing runway should be used for safety reasons, ATC will assign that runway (air traffic and other conditions permitting). Deviations from the preferential sequence for selecting runways in use can be made by ATC:

when approach facilities on the selected runway are not suitable for operations in the prevailing weather.
when crosswind components do not meet the given limits for any runway combination.
when estimated surface friction on runways is below certain standards.
when heavy showers are observed or wind shear is reported in the vicinity of the airport.

4.3.2 The preferential sequence for selecting runways in use

The preferential sequence for selecting runways in use is being determined by the Airport Authority in close co-operation with ATC. This preferential sequence is subject to noise load developments. Therefore the preferential sequence for selecting runways may change in any given period.

4.3.3 Wind criteria

In selecting the runway combination to be used from the preferential runway system, LVNL also applies wind speed criteria. In applying these wind criteria, gusts below 10 KT shall not be taken into account. Accepting a runway is a pilot's decision. If a pilot, prompted by safety concerns, requests another runway for landing, this request will be granted when possible. In that case, the pilot must submit a written report (the operator is responsible for proper reporting procedures).

5 RESTRICTED USE OF THE AIRPORT

5.1 Runway availability

RWY 18R is not available for departures and RWY 36L is not available for arrivals.
RWY 36R is not available for departures and RWY 18L is not available for arrivals.
From 2130-0530 (2030-0430) RWY 04/22 is not available for departures and arrivals.
From 2130-0530 (2030-0430) RWY 09/27 is not available for departures and arrivals.
From 2130-0530 (2030-0430) RWY 18C is not available for arrivals and RWY 36C is not available for departures.
From 2130-0530 (2030-0430) RWY 18L is not available for departures.
From 2130-0530 (2030-0430) RWY 24 is not available for arrivals.
From 2130-0530 (2030-0430) RWY 36R is not available for arrivals.

Deviations from the restrictions for arrivals on RWY 09/27, 18C, 24 and 36R shall be made if no other runway is available or usable. Deviations from the restrictions shall be made if necessary for rescue or relief (e.g. emergency) operations.

5.2 Reverse thrust

Between 2030-0530 (1930-0430): After landing, the use of idle reverse thrust is advised on all runways except RWY 04/22, safety permitting. To achieve the highest possible runway capacity, runway occupancy times are to be reduced to a minimum.

6 NOISE NUISANCE RESTRICTIONS

Take-off and landing is not allowed between 2200-0600 (2100-0500) for aircraft certified in accordance with the noise standards of ICAO Annex 16 Chapter 3, for which the margin of the sum of the three certification noise levels, relative to the sum of the three applicable ICAO Annex 16 Chapter 3 certification noise limits, is less than 13 EPNdB.
Take-off and landing is not allowed between 0600-2200 (0500-2100) for:
- aircraft certified in accordance with the noise standards of ICAO Annex 16 Chapter 3, for which the margin of the sum of the three certification noise levels, relative to the sum of the three applicable ICAO Annex 16 Chapter 3 certification noise limits, is less than 10 EPNdB, and
- for which it cannot be established on the basis of the aircraft registration number that the aircraft was permitted to take-off from or land at Schiphol Airport before 01 November 2023.
Take-off and landing is not allowed for aircraft which are certified in accordance with the noise standards of ICAO Annex 16 Chapter 2.

EHAM AD 2.22 FLIGHT PROCEDURES

1 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURES

1.1 Introduction

The instrument departure procedures are based on ICAO Annex 2 and on ICAO Documents 4444-ATM/501 (PANS-ATM), 7030 (SUPPS) and 8168-OPS/611 (PANS-OPS). The procedures are developed with a view to make optimum use of the available airspace. It is therefore essential that pilots navigate in compliance with these in-flight procedures with the highest possible accuracy. See GEN 1.5 for required RNAV equipment in the Schiphol TMAs.

Executive control of traffic en-route and in the Schiphol TMAs is exercised by radar controllers. For operational use of radar see ENR 1.6.

1.2 Radar procedures

Executive control of traffic in the Schiphol TMAs is exercised by radar controllers. During the peak hours outbound traffic will be handled by a TMA-west controller (Schiphol Departure 121.205) and a TMA-east controller (Schiphol Departure 119.055). Outside peak hours one radar controller is responsible for the provision of approach/departure control service in the Schiphol TMA on both channels simultaneously.

1.3 Instrument departure procedures

1.3.1 Clearance delivery

En-route clearance shall be requested to Schiphol Delivery MAX 20 minutes prior to EOBT or 35 minutes prior to CTOT. If RWY 36L is used, clearance shall be requested MAX 30 minutes prior to EOBT or 45 minutes prior to CTOT. An en-route clearance contains:

Clearance limit: airport of destination.
Cleared level: the initial cleared flight level.
Standard instrument departure (SID) plus designated departure runway.
SSR-code.
Additional departure instructions (if applicable).
CTOT (if applicable).

Example of an en-route clearance: "KLM3274 cleared to Paris, FL 60, KUDAD 3S Departure, runway 24, squawk 2123, slot 25".

En-route clearance is issued by means of a datalink departure clearance (DCL) service.

Request the clearance from Schiphol Delivery via RTF when:

unable to receive the clearance via DCL, or
the planned flight is below FL 060, or
a SID is not used for departure, or
cleared for RWY 24 departure and unable to fly cleared SID utilising radius to fix (RF) turns.

The implementation of the DCL service is based on EUROCAE Document ED-85. The following procedure applies:

The pilot sends a request for en-route clearance downlink (RCD) at the above mentioned times.
A flight system uplink message (FSM) will be transmitted automatically.
- If the RCD is accepted; a departure clearance uplink message (CLD) will be issued.
- If the RCD is rejected; the pilot shall revert to RTF procedures.
The pilot shall acknowledge the en-route clearance by means of a departure clearance readback downlink (CDA) within 5 minutes; otherwise a negative FSM will be issued.
When the CDA is processed successfully, a positive FSM will be issued to mark the end of the procedure.

When using the DCL service pilots shall maintain a listening watch on the channels published for clearance delivery. Prior to departure, both the pilot and the air traffic controller shall verify that the departure route assigned via the DCL service logically refers to the runway used and to the route indicated in the current ATC flight plan. In the event of any doubts or system related difficulties, RTF procedures shall be resumed. An en-route clearance issued by RTF always supersedes an en-route clearance transmitted via the DCL service.

After en route clearance is obtained and either read back via RTF or confirmed via datalink, pilots shall immediately (without ATC instruction) select and monitor Schiphol Planner.

Note: the instrument departure procedures are laid down in standard instrument departures (SIDs). SIDs are designated in accordance with ICAO Annex 11. SID designation is composed of the following elements:

a basic indicator, i.e. a significant point.
a validity indicator, i.e. a number from 1 to 9 indicating the valid version of a specific SID.
a route indicator, i.e. a letter representing the runway where the SID begins.

Note: if not able to comply with the crossing conditions prescribed in the SIDs, inform Schiphol Delivery as soon as possible.

Note : if not able to comply with the noise abatement take-off and climb procedure NADP2, it is imperative to inform Schiphol Delivery as soon as possible via RTF.

Note: additional departure instructions containing deviations from the SID may be added to the en-route or take-off clearance. These instructions may comprise an opposite turn after take-off, maintaining a specified heading or temporary altitude restrictions; these additional instructions amend the relevant part of the SID only.

Note: during off-peak hours one clearance delivery/outbound planner may be active. In that case the channels will be combined by ATC.

Note: information about expected runway combinations related to SIDs, during peak hours, is broadcasted on 131.355 (call sign "ATC Operational Information Schiphol").

1.3.2 Schiphol Planner

1.3.2.1 Airport collaborative decision making (A-CDM)

A-CDM at Schiphol Airport is a joint initiative between the aircraft operators (AO), ground handlers, ATC and the airport. The key aims of A-CDM are to facilitate the sharing of operational processes and data to allow better informed decisions to be made. A-CDM facilitates the optimal handling of turn-around processes at the airport.

TOBT represents the time that the ground handler and the flight crew estimate an aircraft will be ready, with all ground handling activities finished, all doors closed, and the boarding bridge and handling equipment removed.

TSAT represents the time at which flight crew can reasonably expect start-up approval from ATC. It takes into account TOBT, CTOT (if applicable), variable taxi times (including de-icing, if applicable), current local traffic situation, applicable SID and wake turbulence separation. Push-back truck availability at stand is based on TSAT.

1.3.2.2 Procedures

The ground handler sets an accurate TOBT. If an earlier departure is anticipated, or the TOBT can no longer be met, the flight crew must contact the ground handler as soon as possible to update the TOBT. TOBT adherence will be monitored and reported to the AO/ground handler.

Flight crew shall ONLY report ready to Schiphol Planner when:

all handling processes (doors closed, handling equipment removed, etc.) are finished and (if required) the push-back truck connected, the aircraft lifted and ready for immediate push-back, and
within TSAT window (TSAT +/- 5 MIN).

This report shall include aircraft identification, parking position, ATIS information and the "READY" message. Failing to comply will result in an inaccurate push-back and runway planning, which may result in a loss of total usable runway capacity.

TSAT is displayed on most contact stands via VDGS or should be requested from the ground handler if no display is available. In case TSAT has expired, flight crew must contact the ground handler to set a new TOBT. TSAT expiry can result in extensive delay.

At push-back stands Schiphol Planner will give instructions to contact Schiphol Ground for start-up, push-back and taxi instructions.
At taxi-out stands Schiphol Planner will give start-up approval and instructions to contact Schiphol Ground for taxi instructions.

When instructed by Schiphol Planner, the flight crew shall directly contact Schiphol Ground and immediately comply with start-up, push-back and taxi permission. Since ATC planning of outbound traffic (involving en-route clearance and co-ordination with adjacent ACCs) is based on the start-up time, any delay shall be reported to ATC immediately.

Note: With A-CDM every flight is RFI (request for improvement) continuously from EOBT-2 hours until TSAT-10 minutes. In case of a CTOT however, flight crew may additionally request Schiphol Planner to send a “READY” message for a possible CTOT improvement. Flight crew may only request Schiphol Planner to send a "READY" message under the following conditions:

the flight has a CTOT;
clocktime is at or after TOBT and before TSAT window;
the flight crew is fully ready;
the ground process is fully completed (including de-icing);
and, if applicable, a push-back truck is attached and ready for immediate push-back.

Note: In case one or more engines need to be started prior to push-back, flight crew must request permission accordingly with Schiphol Planner. The permission for start-up does not include permission for push-back. Push-back shall only be initiated after receiving the push-back clearance from Schiphol Ground (see paragraph 1.3.3).

Note: VFR flights and flights with status HEAD and HOSP are exempted from reporting ready within TSAT window. Flight crew of these flights shall report ready to Schiphol Planner as soon as they are fully ready.

Note: J-apron and K-apron are not under ATC ground control. At K-apron flight crews shall report to Schiphol Ground at apron exit GD.

1.3.3 Schiphol Ground

1.3.3.1 Start-up, push-back and taxi

Ground control service (start-up, push-back and taxi instructions) is provided by Schiphol Ground (see EHAM AD 2.18 and GMC chart).

Pilots shall only ask for start-up and push-back permission after having confirmed that the ground crew is ready. The anti-collision light must be switched on just prior to push-back.

Cross bleed engine start at the aircraft stand is prohibited as well as performing a power-back using reverse thrust.

The flight crew is part of the communication chain between ground controller and truck driver. Therefore the use of a ground engineer with an intercom connection is recommended. When intercom connection with a ground engineer is not possible, the pilot shall inform Schiphol Ground.

The flight crew shall read back to ATC all instructions contained in the push-back clearance. The flight crew shall ensure that the complete push-back clearance from ATC is communicated word-for-word to the push-back crew.

Upon receiving start-up and push-back permission from Schiphol Ground, the aircraft shall move within 1 minute in order to ensure conflict free ground operations and maximum usage of ground capacity. If the 1 minute window is expired, the push-back permission will automatically expire and a push-back permission shall be requested again.

Upon completion of the push-back procedure the flight crew must wait for the "ALL CLEAR" signal on the taxiway before requesting a taxi clearance. Schiphol Airport has instructed ground handlers to give the "ALL CLEAR" signal distinctly. During hours of darkness illuminated wands will be used.


"ALL CLEAR" signal during daylight	"ALL CLEAR" signal during darkness

After taxi instructions have been obtained, departing aircraft shall take the shortest way to the main taxi route (see GMC and APDC chart).

Pilots may expect instructions to change ground control channel. Pilots shall not change channel without ATC instructions.

Note: during off-peak hours one ground controller may be responsible for all areas. Ground control service will be provided on the 3 separate channels simultaneously. Therefore these channels will be combined by ATC.

Note: during peak hours (normally when a second departure runway or a second landing runway is in use) 3 ground controllers may be active, each on their own channel.

Note: during peak hours ground control service for traffic to and from RWY 18R/36L will also be provided by TWR-W (see GMC chart).

Note: some runway crossings are safeguarded under all visibility conditions (see EHAM AD 2.9 item 3 "Stop bars" and GMC chart). At these positions crossing of activated stop bars is prohibited. Traffic may proceed only after ATC clearance and when the stop bar lights are switched off.

1.3.3.2 Operational use of intersection take-offs

In principle all jet aircraft must use the full runway length available for noise abatement reasons.
ATC may assign an intersection take-off to any aircraft for operational reasons (e.g. sequencing due to lack of holding area or to avoid jet blast on intersecting runways).
Flights from S-apron departing from RWY 24 will be assigned intersection take-off TWY S8.
During low visibility procedures intersection take-offs are not allowed. Take-offs from RWY 24 intersection TWY S6 and S8 may be allowed at ATC discretion (see EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 3). If intersection TWY S6 is in use during low visibility procedures, intersection TWY S7E will not be used.

1.3.3.3 Minimum runway occupancy time

On receipt of line-up clearance, pilots should ensure that they are able to comply with given instructions immediately.
On receipt of take-off clearance, pilots should ensure that they are able to commence take-off without delay.
Pilots not able to comply with these requirements should notify ATC as soon as possible once transferred to Schiphol Tower; the take-off clearance may be revoked.

1.3.3.4 Transfer to Schiphol Tower

Pilots of departing aircraft will be instructed by Schiphol Ground which channel they shall use. During peak hours air traffic in the vicinity of Schiphol Airport will be controlled by two tower controllers.

1.3.4 Schiphol Tower

Note: in addition to departing and arriving traffic, also aircraft crossing the runway and vehicles on the runway will have contact with the tower controller on the tower channel.

Note: during peak hours air traffic services for departures from RWY 36L will normally be provided from TWR-W.

1.3.4.1 Jet blast hazard

A jet blast hazard exists when the following runway combinations are in use:

1.	Departure RWY 18L and departure RWY 24:	ATC will time departures from RWY 24 to avoid jet blast on RWY 18L.
2.	Departure RWY 18L from intersection TWY E5 and departure or landing RWY 09:	ATC will time departures from RWY 18L to avoid jet blast on RWY 09.
3.	Departure RWY 18L from intersection TWY E5 and departure or landing RWY 27:	ATC will time departures from RWY 18L to avoid jet blast on RWY 27.
4.	Departure RWY 24 and landing RWY 36R:	ATC will time departures from RWY 24 to avoid jet blast on RWY 36R.

1.3.4.2 ATC wind reporting prior to take-off

When the current surface wind speed is 20 KT or more, ATC shall inform pilots about the current surface wind direction and speed (including gusts >= 5 KT). When the current surface wind speed is less than 20 KT, ATC shall report this information only in case of significant changes in relation to the ATIS broadcast.

1.3.4.3 Application of wake turbulence separation

Wake turbulence separation is applied in accordance with the RECAT-EU departure separation, as described in the EUROCONTROL document 'RECAT-EU European Wake Turbulence Categorisation and Separation Minima on Approach and Departure'.

In addition to these separation minima for departures, a minimum of 80 seconds for a lower heavy (CAT C) behind an upper heavy (CAT B) is required at Schiphol Airport for safety reasons. On departure, when receiving line up clearance, the pilot must inform ATC if greater wake turbulence separation is required than the RECAT-EU minima specified in the table below. The requirements for minimum runway occupancy time apply (see paragraph 1.3.3.3).

RECAT-EU TBS [MIN:SEC]		Follower
RECAT-EU TBS [MIN:SEC]		Super heavy (A)	Upper heavy (B)	Lower heavy (C)	Upper medium (D)	Lower medium (E)	Light (F)
Leader	Super heavy (A)	-	01:40	02:00	02:20	02:40	03:00
	Upper heavy (B)	-	-	01:20	01:40	02:00	02:20
	Lower heavy (C)	-	-	-	01:20	01:40	02:00
	Upper medium (D)	-	-	-	-	-	02:00
	Lower medium (E)	-	-	-	-	-	01:40
	Light (F)	-	-	-	-	-	01:20

An additional 60 seconds will be applied to all the wake turbulence time-based separation minima described above when departing from an intermediate part of the same runway.

Note: at Schiphol Approach/Departure, the distance based RECAT-EU separation applies as described in EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 2.2.

1.3.4.4 Transfer to Schiphol Departure

Pilots of departing aircraft shall remain on TWR channel until passing 2000 FT AMSL . Contact Schiphol Departure as indicated below when passing 2000 FT AMSL and report altitude in order to verify SSR mode C (e.g. Schiphol Departure KLM 327, passing 2000 FT climbing FL 060 KUDAD 3S Departure).

Pilots shall select the proper departure channel (based on the SID route to the TMA boundary) as follows:

BERGI, BETUS, DENAG, IDRID, RONSA, SPY, VALKO, VOLLA and WISPA Departures:
contact Schiphol Departure 121.205.
ANDIK, ARNEM, EDUPO, ELPAT, IVLUT, KUDAD, LARAS, LOPIK, NOPSU, NYKER, OGINA, RENDI, ROVEN, TORGA and WOODY Departures:
contact Schiphol Departure 119.055.

These channels are also named in the relevant SID description.

When changing channel from Schiphol Tower to Schiphol Departure, initial contact shall consist of SCHIPHOL DEPARTURE, CALL SIGN, actual ALTITUDE and SID. If a flight is cleared on a heading for initial departure, the heading shall be used instead of the SID. Additional instructions e.g. altitude restrictions shall also be mentioned on initial contact with Schiphol Departure.

1.3.5 Transfer to Amsterdam ACC

When changing channel from Schiphol Departure to Amsterdam ACC, initial contact shall consist of AMSTERDAM RADAR + CALLSIGN only. When a speed or heading has been assigned, this information shall be included in the initial call.

1.4 Communication failure

-   If possible call Amsterdam ACC Supervisor on telephone number +31 (0)20 406 3999.
Note: use telephone connection to mitigate COM failure only. All telephone calls will be automatically recorded.
-   If telephone connection is disconnected prematurely (before read-back), revert to general communication failure procedure (see ENR 1.3 paragraph "Communication Failure").

Additionally, for departing flights, the following communication failure procedure applies:
-   If a clearance to climb or re-routing instructions have not been given, comply with the route and altitude limitations detailed in the allocated standard instrument departure procedure or the departure instructions provided at take-off until the last waypoint has been reached.

1.5 SID descriptions

1.5.1 General remarks

1.5.1.1 Procedures and constraints

Transition altitude: 3000 FT AMSL.
Pilots of departing aircraft shall remain on TWR channel until passing 2000 FT AMSL . When passing 2000 FT AMSL change to the appropriate departure channel for the relevant SID and report altitude in order to verify SSR mode C by ATC.
Flights with destination Rotterdam or Lelystad are exempted from flying SIDs within the Schiphol TMA.
SIDs have to be considered as minimum noise routings.
Initiate turns in due time in order not to overshoot radials.
Turn radii based on a 25° bank angle.
MAX 250 KIAS below FL 100 unless otherwise instructed. In case ATC allows/instructs to accelerate beyond 250 KIAS for operational purposes, the speed limitations on early SID turns (MAX 220 KIAS) remain applicable and shall be respected.
For continuous routings and crossing conditions on ATS routes as applicable see paragraph 1.5.3.

1.5.1.2 Additional departure instructions

Especially propeller-driven aircraft can expect additional departure instructions. These instructions may be added to the en route or take-off clearance and may comprise a specific heading or temporary altitude restriction. Such additives amend the relevant part of the SID only.

1.5.1.3 Application of RNAV

All SIDs require the use of RNAV routes stored in a pre-programmed navigation database on board of aircraft.
Furthermore:

Connect FMS as early as possible.
Turn anticipation is mandatory for all waypoints except those which are underlined, these waypoints shall be overflown.
The navigation aid (e.g. VOR) mentioned in the column "Expected path terminator" is for selection of MAG station declination only.

1.5.2 Specific remarks

For traffic with DEST EHBK via T605 and for traffic with DEST EHBD and EHEH.
For traffic via CDR N852.
All jet aircraft using indicated SIDs RWY 06 and 36L: during night hours 2130-0530 (2030-0430) supplementary SIDs are effective.
RWY 09: both IDRID and VALKO SIDs lead to IDRID, be sure to follow the correct route.
RWY 24: both ANDIK and SPY SIDs lead to ANDIK, be sure to follow the correct route.
RWY 24: if unable to fly the SID utilising radius to fix turns, contact Schiphol Delivery for alternative SID. Also see paragraph 1.5.11 SIDs RWY 24 for alternative SID.
RWY 18L ANDIK, ARNEM and RENDI SID: early autopilot connection might result in turn initiation below 500 FT AMSL. If applicable, continue on track 181° MAG beyond 3.1 SPL to prevent turning below 500 FT AMSL.
RNAV 1 required.
RNP 1 and RF required.

1.5.3 Continuous routings for Amsterdam SIDs with crossing conditions on ATS routes as applicable

Note: REF EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 1.3.1 "Clearance delivery". If you are not able to comply with the crossing conditions prescribed in the SIDs, inform Schiphol Planner (Schiphol Delivery) before take-off.

Note: Aircraft may only continue to climb above FL 060 after an ATC clearance has been received.

ANDIK, BETUS, NOPSU, SPY and TORGA Departures
N873	Caution: VFR flights without ATC clearance are permitted beyond KEKIX below FL 065.
Z708	Cross KEKIX at or above FL 095. Caution: VFR flights without ATC clearance are permitted beyond KEKIX below FL 065 MON-FRI 0800-1600 (0700-1500); below FL 095 FRI 1600 to SUN 2300 (FRI 1500 to SUN 2200) and HOL.
Z733	Cross ANDIK at or above FL 095. Caution: VFR flights without ATC clearance are permitted beyond UNEXO below FL 065 MON-FRI 0800-1600 (0700-1500); below FL 095 FRI 1600 to SUN 2300 (FRI 1500 to SUN 2200) and HOL.

ARNEM, ELPAT and NYKER Departures
L620	If the requested flight level is above FL 245, cross OLDOD at or above FL 250. Caution: VFR flights without ATC clearance are permitted beyond NYKER below FL 065.

BERGI and WISPA Departures
M90	Cross BERGI at or above FL 095.

EDUPO, IVLUT and RENDI Departures
Z739	If the requested flight level is above FL 245, cross AMOSU at or above FL 250. Caution: VFR flights without ATC clearance are permitted at RENDI below FL 065.

KUDAD, LARAS, RONSA and WOODY Departures
N872	If the requested flight level is above FL 245, cross AMMOF at or above FL 260.

LOPIK, OGINA and ROVEN Departures
Caution: VFR flights without ATC clearance are permitted beyond LOPIK below FL 065.
N852	If the requested flight level is above FL 245, cross VELED at or above FL 250.
T605	FL 070 only.

1.5.4 SIDs RWY 04

See chart SID RWY 04.

ANDIK 3F [ANDI3F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.0% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM019	N	039 / (041.5)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM020	N	089 / (091.1)	-	3.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM043	N	052 / (054.5)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	19.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 3F [ARNE3F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.0% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	039 / (041.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM060	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	103 / (105.7)	-	13.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 2F [BERG2F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.7% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM019	N	039 / (041.5)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	SPY	N	360 / (002.8)	-	12.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	BERGI	N	302 / (304.9)	-	22.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2F [KUDA2F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.0% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	039 / (041.5)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM072	N	178 / (180.7)	-	14.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 2F [LOPI2F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.0% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	039 / (041.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM061	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	OGINA	N	139 / (141.4)	-	9.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.6)	-	10.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2F [REND2F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.0% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	039 / (041.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM060	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	103 / (105.7)	-	13.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VOLLA 2F [VOLL2F]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.7% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM059	N	039 / (041.5)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM094	N	314 / (316.0)	-	10.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM090	N	268 / (270.9)	-	4.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	BAHSI	N	210 / (212.0)	-	3.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	VOLLA	N	240 / (242.1)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IDRID	N	230 / (232.2)	-	31.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.5 SIDs RWY 06

See chart SID RWY 06.

ANDIK 3R [ANDI3R]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM014	N	056 / (058.5)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM020	N	089 / (091.1)	-	2.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM043	N	052 / (054.5)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	19.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 3R [ARNE3R]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM018	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	103 / (105.7)	-	16.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 3R [ BERG3R ]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.6% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM014	N	056 / (058.5)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM094	N	314 / (316.1)	-	10.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM022	N	336 / (338.4)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	BERGI	N	302 / (304.6)	-	7.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2R [KUDA2R]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM072	N	178 / (180.7)	-	14.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 2R [LOPI2R]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	OGINA	N	139 / (141.4)	-	12.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.6)	-	10.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2R [REND2R]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM018	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	103 / (105.7)	-	16.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VOLLA 2R [VOLL2R]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.6% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM014	N	056 / (058.5)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM094	N	314 / (316.1)	-	10.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM090	N	269 / (270.9)	-	4.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	BAHSI	N	210 / (212.0)	-	3.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	VOLLA	N	240 / (242.1)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IDRID	N	230 / (232.2)	-	31.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.6 Supplementary SIDs RWY 06

See chart SID RWY 06 supplementary.

ANDIK 2T [ANDI2T]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 4.6% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM014	N	056 / (058.5)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM021	N	315 / (317.6)	-	11.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SPY	N	060 / (062.2)	-	8.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.7)	-	19.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 3T [ARNE3T]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM017	N	139 / (141.4)	-	5.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.9)	-	12.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2T [KUDA2T]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM038	N	139 / (141.4)	-	6.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (206.0)	-	16.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2T [REND2T]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	056 / (058.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM017	N	139 / (141.4)	-	5.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.9)	-	12.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.7 SIDs RWY 09

See chart SID RWY 09.

ANDIK 2N [ANDI2N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 3.8% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	084 / (086.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM052	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM043	N	052 / (054.4)	-	10.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	19.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 3N [ARNE3N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 3.8% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM055	N	084 / (086.5)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM042	N	111 / (113.2)	-	3.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	103 / (105.8)	-	11.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 3N [BERG3N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.0% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	084 / (086.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM053	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220		RNAV 1
003	TF	AM094	N	313 / (315.2)	-	6.7	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM022	N	336 / (338.4)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	BERGI	N	302 / (304.6)	-	7.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

IDRID 2N [IDRI2N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 4, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.0% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	084 / (086.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM053	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM094	N	313 / (315.2)	-	6.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM090	N	269 / (270.9)	-	4.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	BAHSI	N	210/ (212.0)	-	3.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	VOLLA	N	240 / (242.1)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	IDRID	N	230 / (232.2)	-	31.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2N [KUDA2N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 3.8% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	084 / (086.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM072	N	178 / (180.7)	-	14.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 2N [LOPI2N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 3.8% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	084 / (086.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM036	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	OGINA	N	139 / (141.4)	-	12.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.6)	-	10.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2N [REND2N]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 3.8% to 1000 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM055	N	084 / (086.5)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM042	N	111 / (113.2)	-	3.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	103 / (105.8)	-	11.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VALKO 5M [VALK5M]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 4, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	084 / (086.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM030	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM025	N	212 / (214.5)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM040	N	237 / (239.2)	-	11.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	VALKO	N	263 / (265.0)	-	23.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IDRID	N	248 / (250.6)	-	13.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.8 SIDs RWY 18C

See chart SID RWY 18C.

BETUS 6Y [BETU6Y]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	LISOH	Y	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
003	CF	AM049	N	300 / (302.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	SPY	N	028 / (030.4)	-	17.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	BETUS	N	049 / (051.7)	-	14.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.9)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

DENAG 7X [DENA7X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	LISOH	Y	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
003	DF	AM051	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM009	N	249 / (251.3)	-	3.8	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	DENAG	N	249 / (251.2)	-	26.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IDRID	N	248 / (250.7)	-	15.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

EDUPO 3X [EDUP3X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM046	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM026	N	116 / (118.3)	-	5.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.8)	-	14.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ELPAT 3X [ELPA3X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM046	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM026	N	116 / (118.3)	-	5.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.8)	-	14.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ELPAT	N	109 / (111.5)	-	16.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.8)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LARAS 2X [LARA2X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM046	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM074	N	160 / (162.0)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	LEKKO	N	176 / (178.5)	-	14.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LARAS	N	203 / (205.8)	-	6.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.8)	-	28.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ROVEN 3X [ROVE3X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM046	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM069	N	116 / (118.3)	-	8.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	ROVEN	N	146 / (148.7)	-	13.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.6)	-	2.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

TORGA 2X [TORG2X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM046	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM026	N	116 / (118.3)	-	5.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	PAM	N	037 / (039.8)	-	12.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	TORGA	N	012 / (014.4)	-	16.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ANDIK	N	014 / (016.2)	-	8.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

WISPA 4X [WISP4X]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	LISOH	Y	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
003	DF	AM051	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM009	N	249 / (251.3)	-	3.8	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM028	N	326 / (328.6)	-	9.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WISPA	N	352 / (354.5)	-	18.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	BERGI	N	352 / (354.5)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.9 SIDs RWY 18L

See chart SID RWY 18L east and SID RWY 18L west.

ANDIK 4E [ANDI4E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 7, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	OTNES	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM047	N	090 / (092.0)	-	2.8	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM024	N	090 / (092.1)	-	4.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	037 / (039.9)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	25.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 5E [ARNE5E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 7, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	OTNES	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM047	N	090 / (092.5)	-	2.8	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	090 / (092.5)	-	15.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 4E [BERG4E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM029	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220		RNAV 1
003	TF	AM009	N	280 / (282.5)	-	10.1	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM028	N	326 / (328.6)	-	9.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	BERGI	N	352 / (354.5)	-	23.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 3E [KUDA3E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	OKUDO	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	LEKKO	N	182 / (184.9)	-	17.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 5E [LOPI5E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	OGOSU	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM050	N	116 / (118.4)	-	4.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	147 / (149.8)	-	15.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 3E [REND3E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 7, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	OTNES	N	181 / (183.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM047	N	090 / (092.5)	-	2.8	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	090 / (092.5)	-	15.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VALKO 5E [VALK5E]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	181 / (183.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM029	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM009	N	280 / (282.5)	-	10.1	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	VALKO	N	249 / (251.2)	-	28.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IDRID	N	248 / (250.6)	-	13.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.10 SIDs RWY 22

See chart SID RWY 22.

ANDIK 3G [ANDI3G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	219 / (221.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM023	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM027	N	090 / (092.5)	-	6.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	023 / (025.8)	-	5.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	25.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 4G [ARNE4G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	219 / (221.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM023	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	090 / (092.5)	-	15.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 2G [BERG2G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM063	N	219 / (221.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM041	N	281 / (283.7)	-	12.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	BERGI	N	352 / (354.5)	-	25.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2G [KUDA2G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	219 / (221.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM064	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM073	N	161 / (163.3)	-	2.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LEKKO	N	182 / (184.9)	-	17.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 2G [LOPI2G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	219 / (221.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM064	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM029	N	161 / (163.3)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM050	N	116 / (118.4)	-	4.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LOPIK	N	147 / (149.8)	-	15.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2G [REND2G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	219 / (221.4)	-	-	L	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM023	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	IVLUT	N	090 / (092.5)	-	15.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VALKO 3G [VALK3G]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM062	N	219 / (221.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM009	N	249 / (251.3)	-	6.6	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	VALKO	N	249 / (251.2)	-	28.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	IDRID	N	248 / (250.6)	-	13.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.11 SIDs RWY 24

See chart SID RWY 24 east, SID RWY 24 east RF, SID RWY 24 west and SID RWY 24 west RF.

ANDIK 1Q [ANDI1Q]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 5, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM005	Y	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM008	N	116 / (118.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM026	N	118 / (120.2)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	037 / (039.8)	-	12.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	25.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ANDIK 3S [ANDI3S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 5, 6, 9. Minimum climb gradient 6.7% to 390 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM095	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
002	RF (centre AM158, radius 1.510 NM)	AM125	N	-	-	1.3	L	-	-	-	RNP 1
003	RF (centre AM159, radius 1.840 NM)	AM157	N	-	-	2.2	L	-	- 220	-	RNP 1
004	TF	AM008	N	118 / (120.3)	-	2.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
005	TF	AM026	N	118 / (120.2)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
006	TF	PAM	N	037 / (039.8)	-	12.8	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
007	TF	ANDIK	N	012 / (015.0)	-	25.2	-	-	-	-	RNP 1

Waypoints: AM095 AM125 AM157	Co-ordinates: 521637.11N 0044220.44E 521536.31N 0044113.63E 521341.78N 0044239.95E
RF arc centres: AM158 AM159	Co-ordinates: 521520.46N 0044338.79E 521516.99N 0044410.51E

ARNEM 1Q [ARNE1Q]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM005	Y	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM008	N	116 / (118.6)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM026	N	118 / (120.2)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.8)	-	14.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

ARNEM 4S [ARNE4S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 6, 9. Minimum climb gradient 6.7% to 390 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM095	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
002	RF (centre AM158, radius 1.510 NM)	AM125	N	-	-	1.3	L	-	-	-	RNP 1
003	RF (centre AM159, radius 1.840 NM)	AM157	N	-	-	2.2	L	-	- 220	-	RNP 1
004	TF	AM008	N	118 / (120.3)	-	2.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
005	TF	AM026	N	118 / (120.2)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
006	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.8)	-	14.9	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
007	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
008	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNP 1

Waypoints: AM095 AM125 AM157	Co-ordinates: 521637.11N 0044220.44E 521536.31N 0044113.63E 521341.78N 0044239.95E
RF arc centres: AM158 AM159	Co-ordinates: 521520.46N 0044338.79E 521516.99N 0044410.51E

BERGI 2S [BERG2S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM001	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM051	N	222 / (224.4)	-	2.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM009	N	249 / (251.3)	-	3.8	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM028	N	326 / (328.6)	-	9.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	BERGI	N	352 / (354.5)	-	23.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 1Q [KUDA1Q]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM005	Y	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM003	N	151 / (153.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM004	N	164 / (166.6)	-	11.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	4.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 4S [KUDA4S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 6, 9. Minimum climb gradient 6.7% to 390 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM095	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
002	RF (centre AM158, radius 1.510 NM)	AM125	N	-	-	1.3	L	-	-	-	RNP 1
003	RF (centre AM159, radius 1.840 NM)	AM156	N	-	-	1.2	L	-	- 220	-	RNP 1
004	TF	AM003	N	151 / (153.6)	-	4.5	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
005	TF	AM004	N	164 / (166.6)	-	11.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
006	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	4.3	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
007	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
008	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1

Waypoints: AM003 AM004 AM095 AM125 AM156	Co-ordinates: 521024.55N 0044446.16E 515918.69N 0044904.07E 521637.11N 0044220.44E 521536.31N 0044113.63E 521427.71N 0044129.83E
RF arc centres: AM158 AM159	Co-ordinates: 521520.46N 0044338.79E 521516.99N 0044410.51E

LOPIK 1Q [LOPI1Q]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM005	Y	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM008	N	116 / (118.6)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM050	N	117 / (119.6)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	147 / (149.8)	-	15.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 4S [LOPI4S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 6, 9. Minimum climb gradient 6.7% to 390 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM095	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
002	RF (centre AM158, radius 1.510 NM)	AM125	N	-	-	1.3	L	-	-	-	RNP 1
003	RF (centre AM159, radius 1.840 NM)	AM157	N	-	-	2.2	L	-	- 220	-	RNP 1
004	TF	AM008	N	118 / (120.3)	-	2.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
005	TF	AM050	N	117 / (119.6)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
006	TF	LOPIK	N	147 / (149.8)	-	15.6	-	-	-	-	RNP 1

Waypoints: AM095 AM125 AM157	Co-ordinates: 521637.11N 0044220.44E 521536.31N 0044113.63E 521341.78N 0044239.95E
RF arc centres: AM158 AM159	Co-ordinates: 521520.46N 0044338.79E 521516.99N 0044410.51E

RENDI 1Q [REND1Q]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM005	Y	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM008	N	116 / (118.6)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM026	N	118 / (120.2)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.8)	-	14.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 3S [REND3S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 6, 9. Minimum climb gradient 6.7% to 390 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM095	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
002	RF (centre AM158, radius 1.510 NM)	AM125	N	-	-	1.3	L	-	-	-	RNP 1
003	RF (centre AM159, radius 1.840 NM)	AM157	N	-	-	2.2	L	-	- 220	-	RNP 1
004	TF	AM008	N	118 / (120.3)	-	2.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
005	TF	AM026	N	118 / (120.2)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
006	TF	IVLUT	N	070 / (072.8)	-	14.9	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
007	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
008	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
009	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNP 1

Waypoints: AM095 AM125 AM157	Co-ordinates: 521637.11N 0044220.44E 521536.31N 0044113.63E 521341.78N 0044239.95E
RF arc centres: AM158 AM159	Co-ordinates: 521520.46N 0044338.79E 521516.99N 0044410.51E

SPY 1J [SPY1J]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 5, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM001	Y	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM049	N	300 / (302.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SPY	N	028 / (030.4)	-	17.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.7)	-	19.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

SPY 5K [SPY5K]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 5, 6, 9. Minimum climb gradient: 7.5% to 450 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM095	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
002	RF (centre AM098, radius 1.510 NM)	AM096	N	-	-	1.3	R	-	-	-	RNP 1
003	RF (centre AM099, radius 1.910 NM)	AM097	N	-	-	3.5	R	-	- 220	-	RNP 1
004	TF	SPY	N	028 / (030.4)	-	15.3	-	-	-	-	RNP 1
005	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.7)	-	19.4	-	-	-	-	RNP 1

Waypoints: AM095 AM096 AM097	Co-ordinates: 521637.11N 0044220.44E 521626.65N 0044022.06E 521914.81N 0043831.63E
RF arc centres: AM098 AM099	Co-ordinates: 521753.74N 0044102.01E 521816.81N 0044112.60E

VALKO 3S [VALK3S]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM001	N	236 / (238.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM051	N	222 / (224.4)	-	2.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM009	N	249 / (251.3)	-	3.8	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	VALKO	N	249 / (251.2)	-	28.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IDRID	N	248 / (250.6)	-	13.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.12 SIDs RWY 27

See chart SID RWY 27.

ARNEM 3P [ARNE3P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM056	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM032	N	208 / (210.4)	-	4.5	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM075	N	134 / (136.1)	-	9.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IVLUT	N	071 / (073.8)	-	19.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	NYKER	N	092 / (094.6)	-	10.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 2P [BERG2P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM058	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM041	N	265 / (267.4)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	BERGI	N	352 / (354.5)	-	25.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2P [KUDA2P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM056	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM032	N	208 / (210.4)	-	4.5	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM075	N	134 / (136.1)		9.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LEKKO	N	176 / (178.5)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 2P [LOPI2P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM056	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM032	N	208 / (210.4)	-	4.5	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM075	N	134 / (136.1)	-	9.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LOPIK	N	132 / (134.4)	-	19.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2P [REND2P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM056	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM032	N	208 / (210.4)		4.5	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM075	N	134 / (136.1)		9.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IVLUT	N	071 / (073.8)	-	19.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

SPY 2P [SPY2P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM057	N	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SPY	N	028 / (030.4)	-	11.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.7)	-	19.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VOLLA 2P [VOLL2P]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	264 / (266.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	AM058	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	VOLLA	N	265 / (267.4)	-	19.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	IDRID	N	230 / (232.2)	-	31.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.13 SIDs RWY 36C

See chart SID RWY 36C.

IVLUT 4W [IVLU4W]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.4% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	RIKOR	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM081	N	043 / (045.7)	-	3.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM082	N	087 / (089.6)	-	5.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	PAM	N	142 / (144.7)	-	6.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IVLUT	N	129 / (131.8)	-	8.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.2)	-	19.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

NOPSU 3W [NOPS3W]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.4% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	RIKOR	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM044	N	043 / (045.3)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	SPY	N	354 / (356.7)	-	6.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NOPSU	N	049 / (051.7)	-	4.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.8)	-	14.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

NYKER 5W [NYKE5W]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.4% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	RIKOR	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM081	N	043 / (045.7)	-	3.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM082	N	087 / (089.6)	-	5.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	PAM	N	142 / (144.7)	-	6.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	NYKER	N	109 / (111.1)	-	17.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.5)	-	21.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

OGINA 4W [OGIN4W]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.4% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	RIKOR	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM070	N	101 / (103.1)	-	3.0	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM036	N	178 / (180.7)	-	6.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	OGINA	N	139 / (141.4)	-	12.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.6)	-	10.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

WOODY 3W [WOOD3W]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.4% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	DF	RIKOR	N	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM070	N	101 / (103.1)	-	3.0	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM036	N	178 / (180.7)	-	6.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM072	N	178 / (180.7)	-	14.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.8)	-	34.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.14 SIDs RWY 36L

See chart SID RWY 36L.

ARNEM 2V [ARNE2V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.0% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM012	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM087	N	027 / (029.2)	-	4.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM088	N	083 / (085.0)	-	5.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	142 / (144.6)	-	11.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.1)	-	39.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 5V [BERG5V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	LEVKI	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM094	N	313 / (315.1)	-	3.0	-	+ 2500	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM034	N	313 / (315.1)	-	4.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	BERGI	N	328 / (330.2)	-	16.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

KUDAD 2V [KUDA2V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.0% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM084	Y	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM045	N	167 / (169.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM036	N	168 / (170.0)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM072	N	178 / (180.7)		14.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LEKKO	N	203 / (205.9)	-	6.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	KUDAD	N	203 / (205.8)	-	17.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.7)	-	17.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 4V [LOPI4V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 3, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.0% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM084	Y	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM045	N	167 / (169.4)	SPL	-	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM036	N	168 / (170.0)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	OGINA	N	139 / (141.4)	-	12.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.6)	-	10.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2V [REND2V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.0% to 1900 FT AMSL. If unable, report to ATC. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	AM012	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM087	N	027 / (029.2)	-	4.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM088	N	083 / (085.0)	-	5.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	142 / (144.6)	-	11.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IVLUT	N	129 / (131.8)	-	8.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	EDUPO	N	128 / (130.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

SPY 4V [SPY4V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	LEVKI	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM013	N	001 / (003.3)	-	6.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	NOPSU	N	070 / (072.5)	-	8.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	ANDIK	N	049 / (051.8)	-	14.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VOLLA 3V [VOLL3V]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 3, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CF	LEVKI	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	AM094	N	313 / (315.1)	-	3.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM090	N	269 / (270.9)	-	4.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	BAHSI	N	210 / (212.0)	-	3.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	VOLLA	N	240 / (242.1)	-	13.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IDRID	N	230 / (232.2)	-	31.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

1.5.15 Supplementary SIDs RWY 36L

See chart SID RWY 36L supplementary.

ARNEM 2Z [ARNE2Z]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM013	N	001 / (003.3)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SPY	N	091 / (093.3)	-	4.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	142 / (144.6)	-	15.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARNEM	N	109 / (111.1)	-	39.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

BERGI 2Z [BERG2Z]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM015	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	BERGI	N	302 / (304.8)	-	16.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

LOPIK 2Z [LOPI2Z]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 1, 2, 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM013	N	001 / (003.3)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SPY	N	091 / (093.3)	-	4.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	LOPIK	N	162 / (164.4)	-	38.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RENDI 2Z [REND2Z]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 119.055. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM013	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SPY	N	091 / (093.3)	-	4.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	PAM	N	142 / (144.6)	-	15.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IVLUT	N	129 / (131.8)	-	8.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	LUNIX	N	123 / (125.2)	-	14.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	RENDI	N	123 / (125.4)	-	5.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	EDUPO	N	126 / (128.7)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

RONSA 1Z [RONS1Z]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Minimum climb gradient: 5.3% to 700 FT AMSL. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM015	N	001 / (003.5)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM006	N	268 / (270.0)	-	6.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM016	N	200 / (202.8)	-	12.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	RONSA	N	177 / (178.9)	-	53.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	WOODY	N	203 / (205.6)	-	6.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

VOLLA 2Z [VOLL2Z]	See paragraph 1.5.2 specific remark: 8. Passing 2000 FT AMSL contact Schiphol DEP 121.205. After departure climb to FL 060.
Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly over	Course/Track MAG° / (T°)	Recom. navaid	Distance (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT/FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	CA	-	-	001 / (003.4)	-	-	R	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
002	CF	AM015	N	001 / (003.4)	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM006	N	268 / (270.0)	-	6.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM016	N	200 / (202.8)	-	12.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	VOLLA	N	240 / (242.0)	-	10.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	IDRID	N	230 / (232.2)	-	31.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1

2 INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURES

2.1 Introduction

The arrival, instrument approach and holding procedures are based on ICAO Annex 2 and on ICAO Documents 4444-ATM/501 (PANS-ATM), 7030 (SUPPS) and 8168/611 (PANS-OPS). The procedures are developed in order to make optimum use of the available airspace. It is therefore essential that pilots navigate in compliance with these in-flight procedures with the highest possible accuracy. See GEN 1.5 for required RNAV equipment in the Schiphol TMAs.

Executive control of traffic en-route and in the Schiphol TMAs is exercised by radar controllers. For operational use of radar see ENR 1.6.

2.2 Application of wake turbulence separation

Wake turbulence separation in the Schiphol TMAs and CTR is applied in accordance with the RECAT-EU separation. The separation applied is described in EUROCONTROL document 'RECAT-EU European Wake Turbulence Categorisation and Separation Minima on Approach and Departure'.

On arrival, after being transferred from Amsterdam Radar to Schiphol Approach, the pilot must inform ATC if greater wake turbulence separation is required than the RECAT-EU minima specified below.

RECAT-EU scheme		Follower
RECAT-EU scheme		Super heavy (A)	Upper heavy (B)	Lower heavy (C)	Upper medium (D)	Lower medium (E)	Light (F)
Leader	Super heavy (A)	3 NM	4 NM	5 NM	5 NM	6 NM	8 NM
	Upper heavy (B)	-	3 NM	4 NM	4 NM	5 NM	7 NM
	Lower heavy (C)	-	-	3 NM	3 NM	4 NM	6 NM
	Upper medium (D)	-	-	-	-	-	5 NM
	Lower medium (E)	-	-	-	-	-	4 NM
	Light (F)	-	-	-	-	-	3 NM

2.3 Radar procedures

Executive control of traffic in the Schiphol TMAs is exercised by radar controllers. During the peak hours inbound traffic will be handled by a TMA-west controller (Schiphol Approach 121.205) and a TMA-east controller (Schiphol Approach 119.055). Outside peak hours one radar controller is responsible for the provision of approach/departure control service simultaneously in the Schiphol TMA on both channels.

2.4 ATC sequence planning

2.4.1 Designation landing runway(s)

Schiphol APP designates the landing runway and, during inbound peak hours, a second landing runway in accordance with the rules specified in EHAM AD 2.21 paragraph 4. During the use of dependent landing runways pilots will be informed by ATC about simultaneous approaches.

2.4.2 Runway assignment

When 2 landing runways are in use the assigned landing runway will depend on the TMA entry-point or arrival route (e.g. traffic via ARTIP will be directed to RWY 27 and traffic via SUGOL and RIVER will be directed to RWY 18C). For tactical reasons Schiphol APP may, after consulting the pilot, change the assigned landing runway during the initial approach phase.

2.4.3 Expected approach time (EAT)

The expected approach time (EAT) is determined as soon as possible after FIR entry. The EATs are computer calculated, based on the predicted time over the touchdown point and the required landing interval.

2.4.4 Flow exclusion

During severe (cross)wind conditions the capacity of the secondary landing runway will likely be restricted and ATFCM measures may therefore be applied.
Flights can be excluded from ATFCM measures by means of flow exclusion. Flow exclusion can be applied on request of the aircraft operator when a pilot decides to accept the crosswind for the secondary landing runway prior to departure, and commences the flight knowing that the approach will only be allowed on the secondary runway.
When the excluded flight is not able to land on the secondary runway because of changed crosswind conditions, it will divert to its alternate and not re-enter the normal arrival sequence.
Flow exclusion may only be applied if the aircraft operator has a service level agreement (SLA) with LVNL. The SLA can be obtained from LVNL, for details see ENR 1.9.

2.4.5 Request for delay due to landing slot management

ATC does not allow vectoring, speed reduction and/or holding for purposes of slot management request by the pilot.

2.5 Arrival

2.5.1 Arrival clearance

While being transferred to Amsterdam ACC, initial contact shall be restricted to AMSTERDAM RADAR + CALLSIGN only in order to avoid channel congestion. In specific situations, pilots may be requested to report additional information to Amsterdam ACC in the initial contact.

At, or before, entering the Amsterdam Control Area, an arrival clearance will be issued by Amsterdam ACC containing:

Standard arrival route ¹⁾ or direct route.
Main landing runway ²⁾.
Level instructions (normally descent instructions).
Any other necessary instructions or information.

¹⁾when cleared via a standard arrival route (STAR), the clearance limit is the initial approach fix (IAF). A special procedure will be applied for the holding fix NARSO (see paragraph 2.5.3).
²⁾issued by ATIS (see EHAM AD 2.18) or ATC.

Note: if traffic permits profile descents may be executed in order to optimise fuel efficiency. Authorisation may be given by ATC either at the initiative of the controller or after a request by the pilot. Distance to touchdown will be provided by ATC as often as possible.

2.5.2 Speed and level restrictions

The published level restrictions shall be applied by all aircraft with destination Schiphol Airport, in order to ease the traffic handling. If unable to comply, inform ATC immediately.

Actual descent clearances will be as directed by ATC. Additionally, ATC may request specific speeds for accurate spacing. In the event of a new (non speed related) ATC instruction being issued (e.g. an instruction to descend on ILS), pilots shall continue to maintain the previously allocated speed. Comply with any level or speed adjustment as promptly as feasible within operational constraints. Aircraft unable to conform to these speeds, required level or speed changes due to safety-related reasons shall inform ATC as soon as possible.
Furthermore:

Cross the IAF (ARTIP, RIVER and SUGOL) at or below FL 100 unless otherwise instructed.
Below FL 100 maximum 250 KIAS unless otherwise instructed by ATC.
250 KIAS to 220 KIAS from the IAF or holding facility during the initial approach phase.
180 KIAS on interception heading to final approach.
Between 180 KIAS and 160 KIAS when established on final approach or maintain instructed speed until descent on the glidepath.
Speed reduction to MNM 160 KIAS is allowed without ATC approval when descending on the glidepath.
Maintain MNM 160 KIAS until 4 NM before threshold. WTC super heavy (CAT A, e.g. aircraft type A380) maintain instructed speed/160 KIAS until 5 NM before threshold.
Speed > 220 KT accurate within 10 KT; speed < 220 KT accurate within 5 KT.

2.5.3 The use of holding pattern over NARSO

Normally ATC will issue a clearance via the BLUFA 1A Arrival, RKN 2A Arrival or NORKU 2A Arrival to the IAF ARTIP. In case of a high traffic load over the IAF ARTIP, ATC can issue a clearance to the holding fix NARSO. The following procedure has to be executed:

proceed to NARSO and intercept the holding pattern.
an EFCT for NARSO will be issued by ATC.
a clearance has to be received before leaving the NARSO holding pattern to the IAF ARTIP.

2.5.4 Transfer to ACC/stack control

Transfer to the ACC/stack controller takes place after initial descent clearance has been issued and the aircraft is clear of en-route traffic.

2.5.5 Stack control

2.5.5.1 Instructions

The ACC/stack controller will issue additional instructions with respect to:

(further) descent.
EAT, if delay is effected by holding over the IAF.

Note: an initial approach clearance must be received before leaving the IAFs ARTIP, RIVER and SUGOL.

2.5.5.2 Holding awaiting weather improvement

Aircraft awaiting weather improvement in the holding area will be stacked from FL 070 upward. When approaches are possible again, new EATs will be assigned based on the original sequence of arrival. The sequence may be adjusted in order to provide for differences in landing criteria, e.g. ILS CAT II approaches against ILS CAT I approaches. ATC may initially allocate more favourable (higher) holding levels when the number and types of aircraft involved in holding allows this procedure.

2.5.5.3 Initial approach clearance

After the initial approach clearance (including clearance limit and level instructions) the minimum IFR flight level for all traffic inbound AMSTERDAM/Schiphol airport proceeding via the STAR is FL 070 at the TMA Schiphol boundary. IFR flights inbound AMSTERDAM/Schiphol airport departing from aerodromes situated in the AMSTERDAM FIR and intending to operate at 3000 FT AMSL or below should obtain an EAT from Schiphol Approach before departure. The holding fix shall be left at the time specified in the clearance or, if no time specified, as soon as possible.

2.5.5.4 Transfer to Schiphol Approach

Transfer to the approach controller takes place when the aircraft is clear of the holding area at the IAF. Inbound traffic via ARTIP will be transferred to Schiphol Approach on 119.055. Inbound traffic via SUGOL and RIVER will be transferred to Schiphol Approach on 121.205.

While being transferred from Amsterdam Radar to Schiphol Approach, initial contact shall be restricted to SCHIPHOL APPROACH + CALL SIGN only in order to avoid channel congestion. In specific situations, Amsterdam Radar may request pilots to report additional information to Schiphol Approach in the initial contact.

2.5.6 STAR and holding descriptions

2.5.6.1 STAR descriptions

See STAR chart.

BLUFA 1A	RNAV 1 required. MAX FL 260 30 NM before BLUFA.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[BLUF1A]	BLUFA, below FL 260	BLUFA [F260-]	IF	N
	To ARTIP, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	ARTIP [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

DENUT 3A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[DENU3A]	DENUT, at or below FL 240	DENUT [F240-]	IF	N
	To YENZO	YENZO	TF	N
	To RIVER, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	RIVER [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

HELEN 2A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[HELE2A]	HELEN, at or below FL 240	HELEN [F240-]	IF	N
	To HAMZA	HAMZA	TF	N
	To RIVER, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	RIVER [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

LAMSO 2A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[LAMS2A]	LAMSO, at or below FL 230	LAMSO [F230-]	IF	N
	To ETPOS	ETPOS	TF	N
	To SUGOL, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	SUGOL [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

MOLIX 2A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[MOLI2A]	MOLIX, at or below FL 230	MOLIX [F230-]	IF	N
	To LUTEX	LUTEX	TF	N
	To ROBVI	ROBVI	TF	N
	To SUGOL, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	SUGOL [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

NORKU 2A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[NORK2A]	NORKU, between FL 280 and FL 200	NORKU [B F280 F200]	IF	N
	To SONSA	SONSA	TF	N
	To ROBIS	ROBIS	TF	N
	To OSKUR	OSKUR	TF	N
	To ARTIP, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	ARTIP [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

PESER 3A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[PESE3A]	PESER, at or below FL 070	PESER [F070-]	IF	N
	To DOFMU	DOFMU	TF	N
	To RIVER, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	RIVER [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

REDFA 1A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[REDF1A]	REDFA, at or below FL 230	REDFA [F230-]	IF	N
	To SULUT	SULUT	TF	N
	To SUGOL, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	SUGOL [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

RKN 2A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[RKN2A]	RKN, at or below FL 180	RKN [F180-]	IF	N
	To OSKUR	OSKUR	TF	N
	To ARTIP, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	ARTIP [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

TOPPA 2A	RNAV 1 required.
ARINC designator	Formal description	Abbreviated description	Expected path terminator	Fly-over required
[TOPP2A]	TOPPA, at or below FL 250	TOPPA [F250-]	IF	N
	To MONIL	MONIL	TF	N
	To ROBVI	ROBVI	TF	N
	To SUGOL, MAX 250 KIAS, between FL 100 and FL 070	SUGOL [K250-, B F100 F070]	TF	N

2.5.6.2 Holding descriptions

Holding identification	Holding fix	Inbound track MAG	MAX KIAS	MNM altitude	MAX altitude	Time	Turn	NAV specification
ARTIP	ARTIP	251°	250	FL 070	-	1 MIN	R	RNAV 1
NARSO	NARSO	354°	220	FL 200	-	1 MIN	L	RNAV 1
RIVER	RIVER	040°	250	FL 070	-	1 MIN	R	RNAV 1
SUGOL	SUGOL	109°	250	FL 070	-	1 MIN	R	RNAV 1

2.6 Initial approach

2.6.1 Additional approach instructions

Additional approach instructions issued by APP/approach controller will contain as applicable:

Clearance limit and level instructions.
Runway in use ¹⁾.
Type of approach.
QNH.
Transition level ¹⁾.
MET information ¹⁾.
Runway condition ¹⁾.

¹⁾items b, e, f and g will only be given when ATIS (see EHAM AD 2.18) is out of service.

2.6.2 Turn to downwind

Instructions to turn on downwind heading will be issued by the approach radar controller using radar vectors.

2.6.3 Transfer to Schiphol Arrival

Transfer to the arrival controller takes place before the aircraft enters the final approach vector area.

While being transferred from Schiphol Approach to Schiphol Arrival, initial contact shall be restricted to SCHIPHOL ARRIVAL + CALL SIGN only in order to avoid channel congestion.

2.7 Intermediate approach

The arrival controller will issue instructions for descent and interception of final approach. Traffic sequencing will be established and maintained on the basis of pre-planned slots for the final approach gate (see paragraph 2.4).

2.7.1 Independent parallel operations

When parallel approaches to RWY 18R and 18C or RWY 36C and 36R are used, this will be broadcast on ATIS. For safe convergence towards ILS interception different altitudes will be used. Expect to be aligned and level no later than 2 NM before the following fixes:

RWY 18C: SIDNI at 3000 FT AMSL;
RWY 18R: PEVOS at 2000 FT AMSL;
RWY 36C: 12.4 MSA at 4000 FT AMSL;
RWY 36R: NEWCO at 3000 FT AMSL.

Although the transition altitude is 3000 FT AMSL, for separation purposes, intercepting RWY 36C ILS is at 4000 FT AMSL.

2.7.2 RNAV procedures

2.7.2.1 General

The RNAV operations in the Schiphol TMA are developed in accordance with ICAO PANS-OPS criteria with the following safeguards:

The RNAV section of the inbound route is situated above the initial segment of the initial approach procedure above MSA/MFA/MRVA.
The RNAV part is complete on entering the intermediate segment in which ILS-LOC or RNP interception takes place.
The operations are strictly monitored by ATC.

2.7.2.2 Transitions during night 2130-0530 (2030-0430)

For environmental reasons the night transition procedures to RWY 06, RWY 18C or RWY 18R must be executed by all jet aircraft at night.

Clearances and constraints:

Between the IAFs (ARTIP, RIVER and SUGOL) and the final approach interception of the relevant runway, aircraft must follow published night transition procedures if so instructed by ATC.
A clearance for the transition contains only the lateral path of the procedure.
A clearance to "descend via" the transition contains the lateral, vertical and speed profiles of the procedure. In this case, the pilot is free to optimise descent and speed within the constraints as laid down in the procedure. The objective is to establish a low noise continuous descent approach.
When night transitions are active, the altitude over the IAFs is by ATC discretion and the altitude window on the night transition charts are expected altitudes, that may be overruled at ATC discretion.
For sequence reasons ATC may deviate from the pre-defined routes by giving radar vectors. ATC may instruct to join the approach procedure again at a specified point.
Strict adherence to the prescribed procedure, including the correct altimeter settings (standard or QNH) is mandatory, unless ATC instructs to deviate. Advise ATC when unable to comply with the procedure constraints.

Further details are published in paragraph 2.11.2 and the relevant instrument approach charts.

Exemptions: aircraft with a cruising altitude below FL 070 and/or a cruising speed less than 250 KIAS are exempted from the procedure. As a rule, these aircraft will be offered an ILS approach beginning at 3000 FT AMSL.

2.7.2.3 Transitions during day 0530-2130 (0430-2030)

On initiative of ATC, aircraft with assigned landing RWY 36R may be instructed to follow an RNAV transition onto the final approach, enabling subsequent interception of ILS RWY 36R. The transition provides a pre-defined lateral RNAV route starting at ARTIP. At ATC discretion aircraft may be instructed to proceed directly to INBAM and start the transition from here.

Clearances and constraints:

Altitudes will be instructed by ATC.
The following speed limits must be adhered to:
1. ARTIP: MAX 250 KIAS;
2. AM665: MAX 220 KIAS;
3. AM668: MAX 180 KIAS.
ATC may instruct additional speed limitations.
For the ILS approach to RWY 36R a separate clearance will be issued.

Further details are published in paragraph 2.10.2, 2.10.3 and on instrument approach chart IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 36R.

2.7.2.4 Aircraft requirements for TMA RNAV procedures

In order to enable their pilots to accept the TMA RNAV procedures, operators must be approved for RNAV 1 operations by their state of registry.

Aircraft that are not equipped or approved for TMA RNAV procedures are only allowed inbound Schiphol by exemption. This exemption must be obtained prior to dispatch of the flight. Requests shall be made at [email protected]. However, be advised that in accordance with CAA The Netherlands policy only in rare cases exemptions are issued.

Pilots of aircraft that are RNAV unable, e.g. due to in-flight failure or exemption, shall inform ATC by use of the phrase "UNABLE RNAV" if instructed to fly an RNAV procedure. These aircraft will be guided by radar vectors or will be rerouted via conventional navigation aids.

2.8 Final approach

Note: an aircraft vectored to intercept final approach shall report to ATC when established on the final approach track (ICAO Doc 4444-ATM/501 (PANS-ATM) chapter 8.9.4.1).

2.8.1 Final approach procedure

2.8.1.1 ILS approach

During day 0530-2130 (0430-2030), the final approach will normally be conducted on the ILS of the main landing runway. Alternatively, an RNP approach may be used on pilot request or as instructed by ATC. The second landing runway will preferably, but not necessarily, be an ILS runway.

During night 2130-0530 (2030-0430) using night transitions followed by an RNP final approach is preferred for noise abatement reasons. If unable, advise ATC and expect an ILS final approach. In case of reduced visibility or low cloud base, pilots can expect an ILS approach.
Exception: for RWY 06 an ILS final approach is provided as standard during the night..

2.8.1.2 ILS operations

2.8.1.2.1 Clearances

ATC will apply safeguards and procedures for ILS operations in relation to weather conditions to facilitate CAT I, CAT II and CAT III operations. However, it will be applied irrespective of the actual category of operations flown, which is on pilot's decision. As a consequence the approach clearance provided by ATC is based on traffic only. During the approach pilots will be informed of:

any known unserviceabilities of aids and/or downgrading when applicable.
significant changes in surface wind (speed and direction).
changes in RVR.

2.8.1.2.2 Practice ILS approaches

Pilots who wish to practise ILS CAT II or CAT III approaches have to use the phrase "Request practice CAT II or CAT III approach", on initial contact with Schiphol APP.

Note: when LVP are not in force, protection of the ILS sensitive area cannot be guaranteed; therefore fluctuations in the ILS signal may occur.

2.8.1.3 Visual approach

To minimise noise nuisance, aircraft executing a visual approach shall intercept the final approach leg at an altitude of at least 1000 FT AMSL, unless residential areas can be avoided.

Note: the attention of pilots on finals of RWY 04 or 22 is drawn to the size and appearance of the parallel taxiway which is, under certain weather conditions, more conspicuous than the runway.

2.8.1.4 Circling approach

For each available landing runway at Schiphol a circling approach may be allowed or offered. For OCA (OCH) see relevant instrument approach charts.

2.8.1.5 Time based separation on final approach

Enhanced TBS minima are in use for wake turbulence separation instead of fixed distance based rules. These are based on RECAT-EU wake turbulence minima, and include reduced separation in medium and strong headwind conditions.

No special crew procedures apply, and the importance of speed conformance adherence as described in paragraph 2.5.2 remains.

When in stronger headwind conditions, a moderate reduction in separation distances from lead and follower aircraft may be observed in comparison to RECAT-EU distance based wake turbulence minima.

2.8.2 Transfer to Schiphol Tower

Transfer to Schiphol Tower takes place after the aircraft is established on final approach. Pilots of arriving aircraft will be instructed by Schiphol Approach/Arrival which channel they shall use.

While being transferred from Schiphol Approach/Arrival to Schiphol Tower, initial contact shall consist of SCHIPHOL TOWER, CALL SIGN and RUNWAY.

Note: in addition to departing and arriving traffic, also aircraft crossing the runway and vehicles on the runway will have contact with the tower controller on the tower channel.

Note: during peak hours air traffic services for arrivals on RWY 18R will normally be provided from TWR-W.

2.8.2.1 Jet blast hazard

A jet blast hazard exists when the following runway combinations are in use:

1.	Landing RWY 09 and departure RWY 18L from intersection TWY E5:	ATC will time departures from RWY 18L to avoid jet blast on RWY 09.
2.	Landing RWY 27 and departure RWY 18L from intersection TWY E5:	ATC will time departures from RWY 18L to avoid jet blast on RWY 27.
3.	Landing RWY 36R and departure RWY 24:	ATC will time departures from RWY 24 to avoid jet blast on RWY 36R.

2.8.2.2 ATC wind reporting during final approach

When issuing the landing clearance, ATC shall inform pilots about the current surface wind direction and speed (including gusts >= 5 KT). When the current surface wind speed is 20 KT or more, ATC shall report this information also at 4 NM from touchdown. However, in case RTF load becomes excessive, ATC may not report this information to aircraft facing a crosswind (including gusts) less than 20 KT upon landing.

2.8.2.3 Minimum runway occupancy time

Pilots are reminded that rapid exit from the landing runway enables ATC to apply minimum spacing on final approach that will achieve maximum runway utilisation and will minimise the occurrence of go-arounds. Pilots should therefore vacate via the first practicable exit, or the furthest preferred exit as listed in the table below. When unable to comply, inform ATC as soon as possible.

Furthest preferred exits		RECAT-EU wake turbulence CAT
Furthest preferred exits		Super heavy (A)	Upper heavy (B)	Lower heavy (C)	Upper medium (D)	Lower medium (E)	Light (F)
Runway	22	-	G6	G6	G6	G6	G7
	06	S4	S4	S4	S4	S3	S3
	09	N1	N1	N1	N9	N9	N9
	27	N4	N3	N3	N3	N2	N2
	18C	W7	W7	W7	W7	W6	W6
	36C	W3	W3	W4	W4	W5	W5
	36R	E2	E2	E2	E2	E1	E1
	18R	V2	V2	V2	V2	V1	V1

Note: for Airbus A380 specific RWY vacating procedures, see AD 2.23 paragraph 8.2.

2.8.3 Transfer to Schiphol Ground

Pilots shall contact Schiphol Ground (without ATC instructions) immediately after vacating the landing runway on the following channels, depending on the landing runway used as follows (see GMC chart):

RWY	Channel
04/22	121.805
06/24	121.705
09/27	121.805
18C/36C	121.905
18R	121.560
36R	121.805

2.8.4 Schiphol Ground

During peak hours (normally when a second departure runway or a second landing runway is in use) 4 ground controllers may be active, each on their own channel. During these hours ground control service for traffic to and from RWY 18R/36L will also be provided from TWR-W. Pilots may expect instructions to change ground control channel (see EHAM AD 2.18 and GMC chart). Pilots shall not change channel without ATC instructions. During off-peak hours one ground controller may be responsible for all areas, but ground control service will be provided on the 4 separate channels simultaneously. Therefore these channels will be combined by ATC.

Pilots shall not change channel without ATC instructions. During off-peak hours one ground controller may be responsible for all areas, but ground control service will be provided on the 4 separate channels simultaneously. Therefore these channels will be combined by ATC. Pilots will receive information concerning the stand (entry, pier and number, see aircraft parking / docking charts). Aircraft shall follow the main taxi lines and adhere to the route-indications for the apron and the stand. Aircraft may only leave the taxiway centre line after visual contact with the marshaller or the activated visual docking guidance system has been established (see EHAM AD 2.20 paragraph 3).

2.9 Missed approach procedure

The runways are used according to a preferential runway system (EHAM AD 2.21 paragraph 4). This system allows simultaneous use of several runway combinations, therefore it is important that in case of a missed approach, pilots inform ATC immediately and are prepared to receive amended missed approach instructions. When no instructions are received, adhere strictly to the published missed approach procedures.

2.9.1 Missed approach procedure during instrument approach

Inform ATC immediately.
Unless otherwise instructed by ATC, see relevant instrument approach charts.

2.9.2 Missed approach procedure during visual approach

For all runways, except RWY 04, execute the published missed approach for that runway (see relevant IAC).
For RWY 04: maintain runway track and climb to 2000 FT AMSL.

2.9.3 Missed approach while circling to land

Note: This procedure is different from ICAO Doc 8168 Volume I (PANS-OPS).

Complete the turn to the intended landing runway (see figure).
For all runways, except RWY 04, intercept the MAG track of the intended landing runway and execute the published missed approach for that runway (see relevant IAC).
For RWY 04: maintain runway track and climb to 2000 FT AMSL.

2.10 Communication failure

2.10.1 General

For the general procedures for IFR flights see ENR 1.3 paragraph "Communication Failure". Additionally, for arriving flights, the following communication failure procedures apply.

2.10.2 Arrival clearance not received

Proceed according the current flight plan to the appropriate holding fix (ARTIP, RIVER and SUGOL).
Maintain the last cleared and acknowledged flight level.
After arrival over the fix, intercept the holding pattern.
Commence descent to FL 070 at or as near as possible to the ETO over the holding fix.
After reaching FL 070 leave the holding fix, proceed direct SPL VOR and carry out an instrument approach procedure to the received and acknowledged runway, or to the main landing runway according ATIS (see relevant instrument approach charts).

2.10.3 Arrivalclearance received

2.10.3.1 Traffic via standard arrival route

Proceed according the current flight plan to the appropriate holding fix (ARTIP, RIVER and SUGOL).
Maintain the last cleared and acknowledged flight level.
After arrival over the fix, intercept the holding pattern.
Commence descent to FL 070 at the EAT last received and acknowledged.
When no EAT has been received and acknowledged, commence descent to FL 070 at or as near as possible to the ETO over the holding fix.
After reaching FL 070 leave the holding fix, proceed direct SPL VOR and carry out an instrument approach procedure to the assigned landing runway, or to the main landing runway according ATIS (see relevant instrument approach charts).

2.10.3.2 Traffic cleared to holding fix NARSO

Proceed to NARSO.
Maintain the last cleared and acknowledged flight level.
After arrival over NARSO, intercept the holding pattern.
Commence descent to FL 070 at the expected further clearance time (EFCT) last received and acknowledged.
When no EFCT has been received and acknowledged, commence descent to FL 070 at or as near as possible to the ETO over NARSO.
After reaching FL 070 leave NARSO and intercept SPL R-069 inbound to ARTIP.
Without delay at ARTIP, proceed direct SPL VOR and carry out an instrument approach procedure to the assigned landing runway, or to the main landing runway according ATIS (see relevant instrument approach charts).

2.10.3.3 Traffic outside standard arrival route

Proceed to the SPL VOR along the route specified in the arrival clearance.
Maintain the last cleared and acknowledged flight level.
After arrival over the SPL VOR intercept the holding pattern to the received and acknowledged runway, or to the main landing runway according ATIS.
In the holding descend to FL 070, if applicable.
After reaching FL 070, leave the holding and carry out an instrument approach procedure to the assigned landing runway (see relevant instrument approach charts).

2.10.3.4 Traffic on a transition during night 2130-0530 (2030-0430)

With clearance for a transition, execute the cleared night transition and appropriate final approach procedure.
Without clearance for a transition, and the last received and acknowledged runway is 06, 18C or 18R:
- proceed via the applicable transition to the RNP or ILS approach of the received and acknowledged runway.
Without clearance for a transition, and the last received and acknowledged runway being any other runway:
- proceed to SPL VOR.
- maintain the last cleared and acknowledged flight level.
- after arrival over SPL VOR, intercept the holding pattern to the received and acknowledged runway.
- in the holding descend to FL 070, if applicable.
- after reaching FL 070, carry out an instrument approach procedure to the runway concerned (see relevant instrument approach charts).

2.10.3.5 Traffic on a transition during day 0530-2130 (0430-2030)

With clearance for the approach, execute the cleared approach.
Without clearance for approach:
- proceed to SPL VOR to cross SPL at FL 070.
- after arrival over SPL VOR intercept the holding pattern, if applicable.
- carry out an instrument approach procedure to RWY 36R in accordance with instrument approach chart IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 36R.

2.10.3.6 Traffic vectored on an arrival route

Proceed in the most direct manner to the route specified in the arrival clearance and carry out one of the procedures as specified in paragraph 2.10.3.

2.10.3.7 Traffic vectored to final approach

Proceed to the final approach beacon or intermediate approach fix (IF) of the assigned landing runway.
Maintain the last received and acknowledged level.
When arriving over the final approach beacon or IF, start an outbound turn, descend to 2000 FT AMSL and intercept final approach.

2.10.4 Missed approach during communication failure

2.10.4.1 Missed approach procedure during instrument approach

See the relevant instrument approach charts.

2.10.4.2 Missed approach procedure during visual approach

For all runways, except RWY 04, execute the published missed approach in case of communication failure for that runway (see relevant IAC).
For RWY 04: maintain runway track and climb to 2000 FT AMSL.

2.10.4.3 Missed approach while circling to land

Note: This procedure is different from ICAO Doc 8168 Volume I (PANS-OPS).

Complete the turn to the intended landing runway (see figure).
For all runways, except RWY 04, intercept the MAG track of the intended landing runway and execute the published missed approach in case of communication failure for that runway (see relevant IAC).
For RWY 04: maintain runway track and climb to 2000 FT AMSL.

2.11 Instrument approach descriptions

2.11.1 General remarks

Between IAFs and interception of final approach navigation is based on radar vectors provided by ATC, except in case of an RNAV procedure.
ILS systems are not equipped with markers.
Aircraft should monitor the emergency channel 121.500 to the extent possible. In case of failure on the regular channel ATC will use this emergency channel.

2.11.2 RNAV procedures

2.11.2.1 Night procedures 2130-0530 (2030-0430)

Between FIR entry and the IAFs, ATC may use the phrase "at pilot's discretion" in descent or speed instructions. In this case, the pilot is free to optimise the vertical and/or speed profile with the aim to fly a low noise continuous descent operation (CDO). ATC may provide vertical instructions that deviate from the charted altitudes on the STARs, intended to facilitate the CDO.

During night, using night transitions, some containing radius to fix (RF) segments, followed by an RNP final approach is preferred for noise abatement reasons. If unable, advise ATC and expect an ILS final approach. In case of reduced visibility or low cloud base, pilots can expect an ILS approach.
Exception: for RWY 06 an ILS final approach is provided as standard during the night.

The night transition procedures contain the lateral path, vertical- and speed profiles. When cleared for the transition fly the lateral path and adhere to altitude/level instructions by ATC. When cleared to "descend via" the applicable transition, execute a low noise CDO within the constraints as laid down in the procedure description. If unable to comply with the constraints, advise ATC.

Refer to EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 2.7.2.2 for clearances and constraints.

Example: the ATC instruction "Descend via ARTIP 1G, cleared RNP approach RWY 18C" is a clearance to fly the published night transition and RNP final approach to the relevant runway within the constraints of the procedure.

Note: flights departing from Rotterdam or Lelystad inbound Schiphol are exempted from flying night transitions.

2.11.2.2 Day procedures

Navigation in the initial and intermediate approach segment is primarily based on radar vectors by ATC. For RWY 36R an RNAV transition providing a lateral path from ARTIP or INBAM to the FAP is available. The use of the RNAV transition is at ATC discretion.

Refer to EHAM AD 2.22 paragraph 2.7.2.3 for clearances and constraints.

For the ILS approach to RWY 36R a separate clearance will be issued.

2.11.3 Instrument approach segments

Note: recommended navaid for selection of MAG station declination only.

Note: for positions of AM-waypoints see relevant instrument approach charts.

2.11.3.1 RWY 04

2.11.3.1.1 RNP approach RWY 04 (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM201	-	174 / (176.3)	-	10.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM202	-	219 / (221.5)	-	4.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM203	-	309 / (311.2)	-	3.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NELFE	-	349 / (351.2)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	NELFE	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM204	-	039 / (041.2)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 04	Y	039 / (041.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM205	-	039 / (041.3)	-	13.1	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.1.2 FAS data block - RWY 04

2.11.3.2 RWY 06

2.11.3.2.1 ILS approach RWY 06 (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM101	-	281 / (282.9)	-	4.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM102	-	235 / (237.9)	-	9.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM103	-	145 / (147.7)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	OSRON	-	105 / (107.7)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	OSRON	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	1.7	-	-	-	-	-
003	CF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
004	CF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	KAG	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
005	VA	-	-	055 / (057.8)	-	-	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	-

2.11.3.2.2 RNP approach RWY 06 (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM101	-	281 / (282.9)	-	4.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM102	-	235 / (237.9)	-	9.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM103	-	145 / (147.7)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	OSRON	-	105 / (107.7)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	OSRON	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM104	Y	055 / (057.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM105	-	056 / (058.1)	-	4.5	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.2.3 ARTIP1B transition to ILS RWY 06 (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PAM	-	236 / (239.0)	-	20.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM617	-	267 / (269.4)	-	6.0	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	SETWO	-	267 / (269.3)	-	9.0	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM612	-	267 / (269.1)	-	11.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	SOKSI	-	182 / (184.4)	-	5.5	-	+ 4000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	AM613	-	113 / (115.1)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	AM614	-	089 / (091.6)	-	2.4	-	+ 2900	-	-	RNAV 1
009	TF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
010	CF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
011	CF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	KAG	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
012	FM	THR 06	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.2.4 RIVER1B transition to ILS RWY 06 (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	RIVER	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PORWA	-	354 / (356.2)	-	9.2	-	+ FL 070	- 250	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM610	-	023 / (025.0)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	SOKSI	-	068 / (069.9)	-	5.6	-	+ 4000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM613	-	113 / (115.1)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM614	-	089 / (091.6)	-	2.4	-	+ 2900	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
008	CF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
009	CF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	KAG	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
010	FM	THR 06	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.2.5 SUGOL1B transition to ILS RWY 06 (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SUGOL	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	NETOM	-	110 / (111.7)	-	16.6	-	-	- 250	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	SOKSI	-	182 / (184.5)	-	11.2	-	+ 4000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM613	-	113 / (115.1)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM614	-	089 / (091.6)	-	2.4	-	+ 2900	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	CF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
008	CF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	KAG	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
009	FM	THR 06	-	055 / (057.8)	KAG	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.2.6 ARTIP1A transition to RNP RWY 06 (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PAM	-	236 / (239.0)	-	20.5	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM617	-	267 / (269.4)	-	6.0	-	+FL 100	- 250	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	SETWO	-	267 / (269.3)	-	9.0	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM612	-	267 / (269.1)	-	11.3	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	SOKSI	-	182 / (184.4)	-	5.5	-	+ 4000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM613	-	113 / (115.1)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
008	TF	AM614	-	089 / (091.6)	-	2.4	-	+ 2900	-	-	RNP APCH
009	TF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
010	TF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
011	TF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	-	6.2	-	-	-	- 3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
012	TF	AM104	Y	055 / (057.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
013	TF	AM105	-	056 / (058.1)	-	4.5	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.2.7 RIVER1A transition to RNP RWY 06 (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	RIVER	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PORWA	-	354 / (356.2)	-	9.2	-	+ FL 070	- 250	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM610	-	023 / (025.0)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	SOKSI	-	068 / (069.9)	-	5.6	-	+ 4000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM613	-	113 / (115.1)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	AM614	-	089 / (091.6)	-	2.4	-	+ 2900	-	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
008	TF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
009	TF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	-	6.2	-	-	-	- 3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
010	TF	AM104	Y	055 / (057.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
011	TF	AM105	-	056 / (058.1)	-	4.5	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.2.8 SUGOL1A transition to RNP RWY 06 (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SUGOL	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	NETOM	-	110 / (111.7)	-	16.6	-	-	- 250	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	SOKSI	-	182 / (184.4)	-	11.2	-	+ 4000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM613	-	113 / (115.1)	-	4.0	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM614	-	089 / (091.6)	-	2.4	-	+ 2900	-	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	AM110	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM609	-	055 / (057.8)	-	1.5	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
008	TF	THR 06	Y	055 / (057.8)	-	6.2	-	-	-	- 3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
009	TF	AM104	Y	055 / (057.9)	-	7.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
010	TF	AM105	-	056 / (058.1)	-	4.5	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.2.9 FAS data block - RWY 06

2.11.3.3 RWY 09

2.11.3.3.1 RNP approach RWY 09 (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM220	-	309 / (311.8)	-	5.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM221	-	264 / (266.8)	-	6.8	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM222	-	174 / (176.8)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	IFTAZ	-	134 / (136.8)	-	2.3	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	IFTAZ	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM223	-	084 / (086.8)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 09	Y	084 / (086.8)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM224	-	084 / (086.8)	-	13.1	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.3.2 FAS data block - RWY 09

2.11.3.4 RWY 18C

2.11.3.4.1 ILS approach RWY 18C (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM120	-	046 / (048.3)	-	6.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM121	-	001 / (003.4)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM122	-	271 / (273.3)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	SIDNI	-	231 / (233.3)	-	2.2	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	ALINA	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	CF	SIDNI	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	4.6	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	-
001	IF	SIDNI	-	-	-	-	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM630	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	VA	-	-	181 / (183.2)	-	-	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	-

2.11.3.4.2 RNP approach RWY 18C (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM120	-	046 / (048.3)	-	6.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM121	-	001 / (003.4)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM122	-	271 / (273.3)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	SIDNI	-	231 / (233.3)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	ALINA	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	TF	SIDNI	-	181 / (183.2)	-	4.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	SIDNI	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM630	-	181/ (183.2)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM123	-	181 / (183.2)	-	13.2	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.4.3 ARTIP1H transition to ILS RWY 18C (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	WINJA	-	290 / (292.3)	-	28.4	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM602	-	268 / (270.1)	-	6.2	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM603	-	268 / (270.0)	-	6.1	L	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NIRSI	-	178 / (180.0)	-	6.3	L	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (090.0)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	AM608	-	130 / (131.9)	-	4.0	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	SIDNI	-	161 / (163.0)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	SIDNI	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
002	CF	AM630	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	FM	THR 18C	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.4.4 RIVER1H transition to ILS RWY 18C (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	RIVER	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PORWA	-	354 / (356.2)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM627	-	023 / (025.0)	-	15.1	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NETOM	-	023 / (025.1)	-	8.6	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (090.0)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	AM608	-	130 / (131.9)	-	4.0	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	SIDNI	-	161 / (163.0)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	SIDNI	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
002	CF	AM630	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	FM	THR 18C	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.4.5 SUGOL1H transition to ILS RWY 18C (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SUGOL	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	NETOM	-	110 / (111.7)	-	16.6	-	+ FL 070	- 250	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM607	-	088 / (090.0)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM608	-	130 / (131.9)	-	4.0	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	SIDNI	-	161 / (163.0)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	SIDNI	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
002	CF	AM630	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	FM	THR 18C	-	181 / (183.2)	ZWA	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.4.6 ARTIP1G transition to RNP RWY 18C (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	WINJA	-	290 / (292.3)	-	28.4	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM602	-	268 / (270.1)	-	6.2	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM603	-	268 / (270.0)	-	6.1	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	NIRSI	-	178 / (180.0)	-	6.3	L	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (090.0)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM126	-	125 / (127.3)	-	2.8	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNP APCH
008	RF centre: AM127 r=2.50 NM	AM128	-	-	-	3.3	R	-	-	-	RNP APCH
009	RF centre: AM129 r=2.67 NM	AM130	-	-	-	2.7	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
010	RF centre: AM131 r=2.77 NM	AM630	-	-	-	1.8	R	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
001	IF	AM630	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
002	TF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM123	-	181 / (183.2)	-	13.2	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.4.7 RIVER1G transition to RNP RWY 18C (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	RIVER	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PORWA	-	354 / (356.2)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM627	-	023 / (025.0)	-	15.1	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	NETOM	-	023 / (025.1)	-	8.6	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (090.0)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM126	-	125 / (127.3)	-	2.8	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNP APCH
008	RF centre: AM127 r=2.50 NM	AM128	-	-	-	3.3	R	-	-	-	RNP APCH
009	RF centre: AM129 r=2.67 NM	AM130	-	-	-	2.7	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
010	RF centre: AM131 r=2.77 NM	AM630	-	-	-	1.8	R	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
001	IF	AM630	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
002	TF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM123	-	181 / (183.2)	-	13.2	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.4.8 SUGOL1G transition to RNP RWY 18C (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SUGOL	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	NETOM	-	110 / (111.7)	-	16.6	-	+ FL 070	- 250	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM607	-	088 / (090.0)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM126	-	125 / (127.3)	-	2.8	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNP APCH
006	RF centre: AM127 r=2.50 NM	AM128	-	-	-	3.3	R	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	RF centre: AM129 r=2.67 NM	AM130	-	-	-	2.7	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
008	RF centre: AM131 r=2.77 NM	AM630	-	-	-	1.8	R	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
001	IF	AM630	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
002	TF	THR 18C	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM123	-	181 / (183.2)	-	13.2	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.4.9 FAS data block - RWY 18C

2.11.3.5 RWY 18R

2.11.3.5.1 ILS approach RWY 18R (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM240	-	316 / (318.2)	-	9.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM241	-	001 / (003.1)	-	6.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM242	-	091 / (093.1)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	PEVOS	-	131 / (133.1)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	DIBRU	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	CF	PEVOS	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	3.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
001	IF	PEVOS	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM621	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
005	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
006	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	VPB	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1

2.11.3.5.2 RNP approach RWY 18R (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM240	-	316 / (318.2)	-	9.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM241	-	001 / (003.1)	-	6.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM242	-	091 / (093.1)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	PEVOS	-	131 / (133.1)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	DIBRU	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	TF	PEVOS	-	181 / (183.2)	-	3.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	PEVOS	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM621	-	181 / (183.2)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 18R	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	SPL	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNP APCH
005	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
006	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	SPL	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.5.3 ARTIP1D transition to ILS RWY 18R (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	WINJA	-	290 / (292.3)	-	28.4	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM602	-	268 / (270.1)	-	6.2	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM603	-	268 / (270.0)	-	6.1	L	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NIRSI	-	178 / (180.0)	-	6.3	L	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (089.9)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	AM608	-	129 / (131.9)	-	4.0	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNAV 1
008	CF	AM621	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	4.6	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
009	CF	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
010	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
011	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
012	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	VPB	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1

2.11.3.5.4 RIVER 1D transition to ILS RWY 18R (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	RIVER	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PORWA	-	354 / (356.2)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM627	-	023 / (025.0)	-	15.1	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	NETOM	-	023 / (025.1)	-	8.6	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (089.9)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
007	TF	AM608	-	129 / (131.9)	-	4.0	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNAV 1
008	CF	AM621	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	4.6	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
009	CF	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
010	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
011	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
012	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	VPB	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1

2.11.3.5.5 SUGOL 1D transition to ILS RWY 18R (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SUGOL	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	NETOM	-	110 / (111.7)	-	16.6	-	+ FL 070	- 250	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM607	-	088 / (089.9)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM608	-	129 / (131.9)	-	4.0	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNAV 1
006	CF	AM621	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	4.6	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
007	CF	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
008	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	VPB	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNAV 1
009	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
010	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	VPB	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1

2.11.3.5.6 ARTIP 1C transition to RNP RWY 18R (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	WINJA	-	290 / (292.3)	-	28.4	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM602	-	268 / (270.1)	-	6.2	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM603	-	268 / (270.0)	-	6.1	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	NIRSI	-	178 / (180.0)	-	6.3	L	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (089.9)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM133	-	129 / (131.9)	-	3.2	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNP APCH
008	RF centre: AM134 r=2.50 NM	AM135	-	-	-	3.1	R	-	-	-	RNP APCH
009	RF centre: AM136 r=2.50 NM	AM137	-	-	-	0.9	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
010	TF	AM621	-	181 / (183.1)	-	1.4	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
001	IF	AM621	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
002	TF	THR 18R	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
003	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	SPL	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNP APCH
004	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
005	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	SPL	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.5.7 RIVER 1C transition to RNP RWY 18R (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	RIVER	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	PORWA	-	354 / (356.2)	-	9.2	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	AM627	-	023 / (025.0)	-	15.1	-	+ FL 100	- 250	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	NETOM	-	023 / (025.1)	-	8.6	-	+ FL 070	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNP APCH
006	TF	AM607	-	088 / (089.9)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	TF	AM133	-	129 / (131.9)	-	3.2	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNP APCH
008	RF centre: AM134 r=2.50 NM	AM135	-	-	-	3.1	R	-	-	-	RNP APCH
009	RF centre: AM136 r=2.50 NM	AM137	-	-	-	0.9	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
010	TF	AM621	-	181 / (183.1)	-	1.4	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
001	IF	AM621	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
002	TF	THR 18R	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
003	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	SPL	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNP APCH
004	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
005	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	SPL	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.5.8 SUGOL 1C transition to RNP RWY 18R (night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SUGOL	-	-	-	-	-	B FL 140 FL 100	-	-	-
002	TF	NETOM	-	110 / (111.7)	-	16.6	-	+ FL 070	- 250	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	NIRSI	-	023 / (025.3)	-	10.7	-	+ FL 055	- 220	-	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM607	-	088 / (089.9)	-	4.9	-	-	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM133	-	129 / (131.9)	-	3.2	-	+ 3400	-	-	RNP APCH
006	RF centre: AM134 r=2.50 NM	AM135	-	-	-	3.1	R	-	-	-	RNP APCH
007	RF centre: AM136 r=2.50 NM	AM137	-	-	-	0.9	L	-	-	-	RNP APCH
008	TF	AM621	-	181 / (183.1)	-	1.4	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
001	IF	AM621	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
002	TF	THR 18R	Y	181 / (183.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
003	FA	THR 18R	-	181 / (183.2)	SPL	-	-	+ 500	-	-	RNP APCH
004	DF	AM624	-	-	-	-	R	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH
005	FM	AM624	-	299 / (301.3)	SPL	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.5.9 FAS data block - RWY 18R

2.11.3.6 RWY 22

2.11.3.6.1 ILS approach RWY 22 (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	PAM	-	087 / (089.2)	-	12.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM180	-	021 / (023.8)	-	7.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM181	-	315 / (317.4)	-	3.4	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM649	-	250 / (253.0)	-	3.2	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	AM649	-	-	-	-	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM650	-	219 / (221.3)	-	3.0	-	+ 3000	-	-	-
003	CF	AM651	-	219 / (221.3)	SCH	5.3	-	-	-	-3.00 / -	-
004	CF	AM652	Y	219 / (221.3)	SCH	2.8	-	-	-	-3.00 / 46	-
005	VA	-	-	219 / (221.3)	-	-	-	+ 400	-	-	-
006	VA	-	-	158 / (160.4)	-	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.6.2 COPTER ILS approach RWY 22 (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	HDR	-	-	-	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1
002	TF	NIDOP	-	152 / (154.1)	-	9.9	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM409	-	152 / (154.1)	-	11.2	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1
004	CF	AM410	-	175 / (178.0)	SCH	7.4	-	@ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	AM410	-	-	-	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-
002	CF	AM661	-	219 / (221.3)	SCH	6.2	-	@ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	AM651	-	219 / (221.3)	SCH	2.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / -	-
004	CF	AM652	Y	219 / (221.3)	SCH	2.8	-	-	-	-3.00 / 46	-
005	VA	-	-	219 / (221.3)	-	-	-	+ 400	-	-	-
006	VA	-	-	158 / (160.4)	-	-	-	@ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.6.3 RNP approach RWY 22 (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	PAM	-	087 / (089.2)	-	12.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AMEGA	-	002 / (004.4)	-	4.6	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM672	-	298 / (300.0)	-	3.2	-	-	- 190	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	BLUSY	-	264 / (266.4)	-	1.8	-	+ 2000	- 190	-	RNAV 1
006	IF	AGOGO	-	-	-	-	-	+ 3000	- 220	-	-
007	TF	AM671	-	124 / (126.4)	-	3.2	-	-	- 190	-	RNAV 1
008	TF	BLUSY	-	174 / (176.4)	-	1.8	-	+ 2000	- 190	-	RNAV 1
009	IF	BLUSY	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 190	-	-
010	TF	AM661	-	219 / (221.4)	-	3.5	-	+ 2000	- 185	-	RNP APCH
011	TF	THR22	Y	219 / (221.4)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
012	CA	-	-	219 / (221.3)	-	-	-	+ 400	-	-	RNP APCH
013	DF	AM675	-	-	-	-	L	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.6.4 FAS data block - RWY 22

Additional Data
Parameters	Values
ICAO Code	EH
LTP/FTP Orthometric Height (metres)	-4.2

2.11.3.7 RWY 24

2.11.3.7.1 RNP approach RWY 24 (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM140	-	011 / (013.0)	-	4.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM141	-	056 / (058.0)	-	7.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM142	-	146 / (148.1)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	ARWIN	-	186 / (188.1)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	ARWIN	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM143	-	236 / (238.1)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 24	Y	236 / (238.1)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM144	-	236 / (238.0)	-	13.0	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.7.2 FAS data block - RWY 24

2.11.3.8 RWY 27

2.11.3.8.1 ILS approach RWY 27 (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM260	-	039 / (040.9)	-	5.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM261	-	084 / (086.9)	-	8.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM262	-	175 / (177.0)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	TIDVO	-	215 / (217.1)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	TIDVO	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM639	-	265 / (267.0)	BVB	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 27	Y	265 / (267.0)	BVB	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	VA	-	-	265 / (267.0)	-	-	-	@ 3000	- 220	-	-

2.11.3.8.2 RNP approach RWY 27 (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM260	-	039 / (040.9)	-	5.7	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM261	-	084 / (086.9)	-	8.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM262	-	175 / (177.0)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	TIDVO	-	215 / (217.1)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	TIDVO	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM639	-	265 / (267.0)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 27	Y	265 / (267.0)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM263	-	265 / (267.3)	-	19.7	-	@ 3000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.8.3 FAS data block - RWY 27

2.11.3.9 RWY 36C

2.11.3.9.1 ILS approach RWY 36C (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM280	-	226 / (228.2)	-	7.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM281	-	181 / (183.2)	-	7.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM282	-	091 / (093.2)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	OLGAX	-	051 / (053.2)	-	2.3	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	BOVCO	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	CF	OLGAX	-	001 / (003.2)	MSA	7.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
001	IF	OLGAX	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM632	-	001 / (003.2)	MSA	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 36C	Y	001 / (003.2)	MSA	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	CA	-	-	001 / (003.2)	MSA	-	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	-

2.11.3.9.2 RNP approach RWY 36C (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM280	-	226 / (228.2)	-	7.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM281	-	181 / (183.2)	-	7.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM282	-	091 / (093.2)	-	3.3	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	OLGAX	-	051 / (053.2)	-	2.3	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	BOVCO	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	TF	OLGAX	-	001 / (003.2)	-	7.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	OLGAX	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM632	-	001 / (003.2)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 36C	Y	001 / (003.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM283	-	001 / (003.2)	-	13.1	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.9.3 FAS data block - RWY 36C

2.11.3.10 RWY 36R

2.11.3.10.1 ILS approach RWY 36R (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM160	-	136 / (138.4)	-	8.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM161	-	181 / (183.3)	-	7.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM162	-	271 / (273.3)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NEWCO	-	311 / (313.3)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	KAROF	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
002	CF	NEWCO	-	001 / (003.3)	ABA	7.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
001	IF	NEWCO	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	CF	AM636	-	001 / (003.3)	ABA	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	-
003	CF	THR 36R	Y	001 / (003.3)	ABA	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	-
004	TF	AM637	Y	001 / (003.3)	-	5.0	-	- 1500	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM163	-	001 / (003.3)	-	7.9	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1

2.11.3.10.2 ARTIP 2X transition RWY 36R (day)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	ARTIP	-	-	-	-	-	- FL 100 + FL 070	- 250	-	-
002	TF	INBAM	-	228 / (230.8)	-	15.0	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM665	-	228 / (230.6)	-	10.1	-	-	- 220	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM667	-	208 / (211.0)	-	9.5	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	AM668	-	268 / (270.1)	-	4.0	-	-	- 180	-	RNAV 1
006	TF	AM669	-	331 / (333.3)	-	3.0	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNAV 1
007	CF	AM636	Y	001 / (003.2)	ABA	2.0	-	+ 2000	-	-	-

2.11.3.10.3 RNP approach RWY 36R (day/night)

Serial number	Path descriptor	WPT ident	Fly-over	Course/Track °MAG / (°T)	Recom. navaid	Dist. (NM)	Turn	Altitude (FT / FL)	Speed (KIAS)	VPA (°) / TCH (FT)	NAV specification
001	IF	SPL	-	-	-	-	-	+ FL 070	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM160	-	136 / (138.4)	-	8.6	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
003	TF	AM161	-	181 / (183.3)	-	7.1	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
004	TF	AM162	-	271 / (273.3)	-	3.2	-	-	-	-	RNAV 1
005	TF	NEWCO	-	311 / (313.3)	-	2.2	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	KAROF	-	-	-	-	-	-	- 220	-	-
002	TF	NEWCO	-	001 / (003.3)	-	7.6	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	RNAV 1
001	IF	NEWCO	-	-	-	-	-	+ 2000	- 220	-	-
002	TF	AM636	-	001 / (003.2)	-	3.2	-	+ 2000	-	-	RNP APCH
003	TF	THR 36R	Y	001 / (003.2)	-	6.2	-	-	-	-3.00 / 50	RNP APCH
004	TF	AM637	Y	001 / (003.3)	-	5.0	-	- 1500	-	-	RNP APCH
005	TF	AM163	-	001 / (003.3)	-	7.9	-	@ 2000	- 220	-	RNP APCH

2.11.3.10.4 FAS data block - RWY 36R

3 LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES

3.1 General

During periods of low visibility the overall ATC capacity is reduced. To guarantee aircraft safety and optimal use of ATC capacity, Schiphol Airport uses ATC low visibility procedures. These procedures are based on ICAO Doc 9476/1 (Surface Movement Guidance and Control Manual) and ICAO EUR Doc 013 (European Guidance Material on All Weather Operations at Aerodromes).

The ATC low visibility operations are categorised in four phases (A, B, C, and D) that are based on RVR values and ceiling.
Phase A is a reduced visibility procedure; phases B, C, and D are low visibility procedures.

Phase	Conditions	Procedures
A	RVR <= 1500 M and/or ceiling <= 300 FT	Reduced visibility has only impact on ground operations regarding departing traffic (e.g. stop bars are activated and intersection take-offs are not allowed, except for RWY 24 intersection take-off TWY S6 or S8 at ATC discretion).
B	RVR < 550 M and/or ceiling < 200 FT	Runway use will be restricted.
C	RVR < 350 M	Runway use will be restricted.
D	RVR < 200 M	Only one runway with ILS CAT III will be AVBL for landing and one runway for departure.

Note: if a ground surveillance system and/or the runway stop bars are out of service, additional restrictions apply.

3.2 Phase A, B, C, and D

Reduced visibility has only impact on departing traffic, therefore the announcement is only broadcasted on the Departure ATIS.

Pilots should not request start-up permission unless RVR values for the take-off runway are above the flight's take-off limits. Pilots should be informed about the RVR minima that apply to their flights, so that they can readily respond to ATC requests about these minima.

During reduced and low visibility procedures all runway exits, entries and crossings (except RWY 04/22) are safeguarded by switchable (remote controlled) or fixed stop bars (see GMC chart). Crossing of activated stop bars is prohibited. Traffic may proceed only after ATC clearance and when the stop bar lights are switched off (ref Annex 2, item 3.2.2.7.3).

Note: during reduced and low visibility procedures, the standard taxi routes between Schiphol-Centre and Schiphol-East are as follows:

from Schiphol-Centre to Schiphol-East: via TWY E4, E8, N, G8 and G2.
from Schiphol-East to Schiphol-Centre: via TWY G5, G6, H, E10 and E1.

3.3 Phase B, C, and D

During low visibility procedures additional separation on final is applied to ensure the ILS signal integrity.

3.4 Phase C and D

Taxi guidance based on ground surveillance information will be provided (shared pilot/ATC responsibility for routing and avoidance of inadvertent runway entry).

Inbound aircraft shall be guided by a follow-me car on TWY A1A, A1B, A2 and adjacent aircraft stands.

On the taxiways east of RWY 18L/36R (EXC route via TWY E8, N and N1) aircraft shall be towed or guided by a follow-me car. Therefore the availability of the K-apron for parking and departure operations will depend on the availability of a tow truck or a follow-me car.

3.5 Phase D

If the RVR values drop below 200 M and the ground surveillance infrastructure has degraded to an unacceptable level, the airport will ultimately be closed for all traffic (ATIS RTF: "Schiphol below operational limits").

4 VFR FLIGHT PROCEDURES SCHIPHOL AIRPORT

4.1 Introduction

Non-adherence to the procedures mentioned below leads to an unacceptable load for ATC and may result in the flight being refused to enter the CTR or being instructed to leave the CTR. In these cases the pilot is obliged to inform ATC whether he will hold outside the CTR awaiting (re-)entry clearance or will divert to another aerodrome. In the latter case ATC shall be informed to which aerodrome the aircraft will divert.

4.2 General

Schiphol CTR has been designated as controlled airspace (class C). All VFR flights within Schiphol CTR shall submit a flight plan, which may not be sent by radio.

For the following types of VFR flights:

flights inbound and outbound Schiphol Airport;
flights in the Amsterdam sector of the Schiphol CTR;
helicopter flights to Amsterdam Heliport (EHHA),

pilots must obtain (in accordance with the procedures described in paragraph 4.3):

entry clearance prior to entering the CTR by submitting a request 2 minutes before reaching the CTR boundary, or;
start-up clearance from ATC before starting engines.

All VFR flights to and from Schiphol airport shall be carried out via the VFR sector (see the charts VAC - VFR procedures and VFR TFC circuits) unless otherwise instructed by ATC or when approved by ATC on pilot's request. All aircraft performing VFR flights in the Schiphol CTR must show their landing lights.

4.2.1 Local and crossing VFR flights

Due to high intensity traffic in the Schiphol CTR, it is strongly advised to avoid the CTR. See also ENR 1.2 paragraph 3.2.4 and paragraph 4. A clearance is required for all flights in the Schiphol CTR and shall depend on weather conditions, runways in use and traffic density (ATC workload).
VFR flights without a mode S transponder will not be admitted to the Schiphol CTR.

4.2.2 IFR areas

VFR flights within the CTR may be instructed by ATC to stay clear of specified IFR areas. These areas are indicated on the chart VAC - VFR procedures.

4.2.3 Amsterdam sector

VFR flights with permission to fly over Amsterdam may be instructed by ATC to stay within the Amsterdam sector. This sector is indicated on the chart VAC - VFR procedures.

4.2.4 ATC wind reporting during final approach

When issuing the landing clearance, ATC shall inform pilots about the current surface wind direction and speed (including gusts >= 5 KT). When the current surface wind speed is >= 20 KT, ATC shall report this information also on downwind. However, in case RTF load becomes excessive, ATC may not report this information to aircraft facing a crosswind (including gusts) < 20 KT upon landing.

4.2.5 VFR reporting points positions

VFR reporting point	Position
ALPHA	521612N 0045301E
BRAVO	521736N 0045000E
VICTOR	521324N 0045901E

4.3 VFR approach and departure procedures

4.3.1 VFR outbound

File a VFR flight plan at least 60 minutes before ETD. Report changes in ETD in excess of 30 minutes to the ATS reporting office (ARO). If ATD is not within 60 minutes after ETD, ATC will consider the flight plan cancelled.
Pilots must have obtained start-up clearance from ATC before starting engines. A request for start-up shall be made to Schiphol Delivery. Clearance for start-up will either be issued immediately or at a specified time depending on traffic and/or main runway(s) in use. A request for start-up shall include:
- aircraft identification and type (e.g. PHGON Cessna 172).
- position (e.g. hangar 1).
- ATIS information (e.g. information P).
- flight rules (e.g. VFR).
- destination (e.g. Rotterdam).
- request start-up.

Note: K-apron is not under ATC ground control. At apron exit GD pilots shall report to Schiphol Ground.

4.3.1.1 VICTOR Departure

After take-off climb to MAX 1000 FT AMSL.
Join the VFR sector within a distance of MAX 4 NM from the airport (ALPHA) and report leaving the CTR over VICTOR.

4.3.2 VFR inbound

File a VFR flight plan at aerodrome of departure at least 60 minutes before ETD. Report changes in ETD in excess of 30 minutes to the ATS reporting office (ARO). To prevent unnecessary alerting action, attention is drawn to importance of the ETA to be as accurate as possible and to report changes in ETA in excess of 30 minutes to the relevant FIC.
Contact Schiphol TWR 2 minutes before reaching the CTR boundary for permission to enter the CTR (abbreviated phraseology: aircraft identification and type, VFR to Schiphol, estimating VICTOR at ....., ATIS information, for landing).
Pilots may be instructed to contact Schiphol Approach, Schiphol Arrival or Schiphol Departure for radar control.

4.3.2.1 VICTOR Arrival

Approach the airport via the VFR sector at 1000 FT AMSL or below and report over VICTOR.
VICTOR, ALPHA (abeam Nes a/d Amstel) and BRAVO (abeam church Bovenkerk) may be used as visual holding point for orbits (360° turn over left).
Execute a normal circuit unless a short VFR approach pattern (threshold base leg or mid runway base leg) is required by ATC or when approved on pilot's request.

4.3.2.2 Short VFR approach patterns

The short VFR approach patterns (threshold base leg and mid runway base leg) are based on a maximum TAS of 120 KT and "rate 2" turns. They are established to avoid traffic operation on other runways, to expedite traffic and for noise abatement purposes. The short VFR circuit procedures shall be carried out as follows:

Threshold base leg: an approach pattern, the base leg of which is flown at 90° to the runway centre line exactly opposite to the threshold.
Midrunway base leg: an approach pattern, the base leg of which is flown at 90° to the runway centre line and opposite to the approximate middle of the runway.

4.3.2.3 VFR go-around

Inform ATC immediately.
Join the circuit as soon as possible and execute another approach to the intended landing runway.
In case of a go-around during a VFR approach to RWY 22, make sure the flight path remains east of RWY 18L/36R in order to remain clear of other traffic.

4.4 Communication failure procedures for VFR flights at Schiphol

4.4.1 General

Select transponder code 7600.
If possible call Amsterdam ACC Supervisor on telephone number +31 (0)20 406 3999.
Note: use telephone connection to mitigate COM failure only. All telephone calls will be automatically recorded.
If telephone connection is disconnected prematurely (before read-back), revert to communication failure procedures below.

4.4.2 VFR outbound

In case of communication failure adhere to the departure instructions. If the departure instructions contain a clearance limit in the CTR, act in accordance with paragraph 4.4.4.

4.4.3 VFR inbound

4.4.3.1 Via VICTOR Arrival

In case of communication failure before joining the circuit, leave the CTR according to VICTOR Departure and divert to an appropriate aerodrome.
In case of communication failure over or after a position from where to join the circuit (this is past the compulsory reporting point BRAVO), execute a circuit as short as practicable for the last received and acknowledged runway (helispot). If the runway appears to be clear, make a full stop landing and vacate as soon as possible, otherwise go around and execute a similar circuit (be aware of the fact that your flight path could interfere with the flight path of other aerodrome traffic).

4.4.3.2 Via a different route to the field

In case of communication failure before joining the circuit, act in accordance with paragraph 4.4.4.
In case of communication failure after joining the circuit, act in accordance with paragraph 4.4.3.1 item b.
In case of communication failure overhead the centre of the aerodrome, maintain altitude, proceed to point BRAVO, act in accordance with paragraph 4.4.3.1 item a.

4.4.3.3 VFR go-around

Join the circuit as soon as possible and execute another approach to the intended landing runway.
In case of a go-around during a VFR approach to RWY 22, make sure the flight path remains east of RWY 18L/36R in order to remain clear of other traffic.

4.4.4 VFR crossing the CTR

In case of communication failure leave the CTR via the shortest route (radial wise), maintain altitude until outside the CTR, do not cross a runway centre line or IFR area and proceed to an appropriate aerodrome.

EHAM AD 2.23 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

1 GENERAL

1.   Due to approaching IFR traffic the execution of VFR flights in the direct vicinity of the Schiphol CTR shall be avoided as much as possible (see ENR 1.2). Pilots are strongly recommended to use the frequency monitoring code as outlined in ENR 1.2.
2.   Pilots shall be aware that in the vicinity of the aerodrome, ATC gives priority to:
-   aircraft in state of an emergency;
-   hospital and police aircraft with the status priority or scramble;
-   aircraft engaged in SAR operations.
3.   Bird-scare patrols are active 24 hours a day and use various equipment, including flare shellcrackers, alternating bird dispersal guns and amplified cries of distress.
4.   When lightning discharges are observed in the vicinity of the airport, the flow manager aircraft will announce that all ground handling and re-fuelling operations are prohibited until further notice. When it is safe to do so, the flow manager aircraft will declare that ground handling and re-fuelling operations can be resumed.
5.   Before taxiing to RWY 22 check hotspot information on the GMC chart.
6.   When anticipated to taxi via taxiway A, B or Z adjacent to the beginning of RWY 36C, check hotspot information on the GMC chart.

2 RUNWAY (RAPID) EXITS AND ENTRIES, FUNCTIONS AND LIGHTS

In the table below the functions of all taxiways connected to a runway are indicated when present and marked with "L" or "U" depending on the availability of centre line lights.

Runway	Taxiway	Function				Remarks
Runway	Taxiway	Rapid exit taxiway*	Exit taxiway	Take-off intersection	Runway crossing	Remarks
04/22	G1	-	U	U	-	TWY width 15 M. MAX wingspan 31 M.
	G2	-	U	U	U	-
	G3	-	U	-	-	No-entry from TWY G.
	G4	-	U	-	U	-
	G5	-	U	U	U	-
	G6	-	U	-	U	-
	G7	-	U	-	U	TWY L width 20 M. MAX wingspan 36 M.
	G8	-	-	-	U	-
06/24	S1	-	L	L ¹⁾	L	¹⁾ TWY CL LGT interrupted when diverging from the straight section of TWY S1 towards the RWY CL.
	S2	-	L	-	L	-
	S3	L	U ¹⁾	U ²⁾	-	¹⁾ Exit from RWY 24 MAX wingspan 36 M. ²⁾ From TWY B right turn to RWY 24 MAX wingspan 36 M.
	S4	L	U ¹⁾	U ²⁾	-	¹⁾ Exit from RWY 24 MAX wingspan 36 M. ²⁾ From TWY B right turn to RWY 24 MAX wingspan 36 M.
	S5	-	-	U	-	From TWY B right turn to RWY 24 MAX wingspan 36 M.
	S6	L	-	L	-	-
	S7E	-	L	L	-	-
	S7W	-	-	-	L	-
	S8	-	L	L	L	-
	S9	-	-	-	L	-
	S10	-	L	L ¹⁾	L	¹⁾ TWY CL LGT interrupted when diverging from the straight section of TWY S10 towards the RWY CL.
09/27	N1	-	L	L	-	-
	N2	L	-	-	L	-
	N3	L	-	U	-	-
	N4	L	-	U	-	-
	N5	-	L	L	-	-
	N9	U	-	-	-	No-entry from TWY B.
18C/36C	W1	-	L	L	-	-
	W2	-	L	U	-	-
	W3	L	-	U	-	-
	W4	L	-	U	-	-
	W5	-	L ¹⁾	U ²⁾	L	¹⁾ Exit RWY 36C. ²⁾ Take-off entry RWY 18C.
	W6	L ²⁾	U ¹⁾²⁾	-	-	¹⁾ Exit from RWY 36C MAX wingspan 36 M. ²⁾ No-entry from TWY B.
	W7	L	-	U	-	-
	W8	L	-	U	-	-
	W9	-	U	U	-	-
	W10	-	L	L	-	-
	W11	-	U	L	-	-
	W12	-	U	U	-	-
	W13	-	-	-	L	-
18L/36R	E1	L	-	-	-	No-entry from TWY B.
	E2	L	-	U	-	-
	E3	-	-	-	U	-
	E4	-	U	U	L	-
	E5	-	L	U	U	-
	E6	-	-	L	-	-
	E7	-	-	-	U	-
	E8	-	U ¹⁾	U ¹⁾	L	¹⁾ MAX wingspan 36 M due to TWY curve.
	E9	-	-	-	U	-
	E10	-	U ¹⁾	-	U	¹⁾ MAX wingspan 36 M due to TWY curve.
18R/36L	V1	L	-	U	-	-
	V2	L	-	U	-	-
	V3	-	L	U	-	-
	V4	-	L	L	-	-
L = taxiway centre line lights U = no taxiway centre line lights

* Rapid exit taxiways angle and radius of turn-off:

RWY	Rapid exit TWY	Intersection angle (°)	Radius of turn-off (M)	Remarks
06	S3	30	320	-
	S4	30	315	-
	S6	30	350	-
09	N9	30	310	-
18C	W6	30	350	-
	W7	30	350	-
	W8	30	350	-
18R	V1	30	550	Caution: V3 is no rapid exit taxiway.
18R	V2	30	550	Caution: V3 is no rapid exit taxiway.
27	N2	30	330	-
	N3	30	310	-
	N4	30	325	-
36C	W4	30	550	-
36C	W3	30	550	-
36R	E1	30	310	-
36R	E2	30	300	-

3 RWY 04/22 CAUTIONS

RWY 04/22 primarily serves as a runway for general aviation. In certain circumstances, i.e. southwesterly storm, RWY 22 also serves as secondary or even main landing runway for commercial air transport up to and including code letter E aircraft.

RWY 04/22 has the following specific features:
- Although equipped with ILS (CAT I), RWY 22 is classified as non-precision approach runway. Because of this runway classification, the minimum DH for all types of approaches (ILS and/or RNP) is 250 FT. EU-law only allows type A instrument approach operations on a non-precision approach runway.
- The length of the approach lighting system of RWY 04 and RWY 22 is less than those installed on other runways (see AD 2.14).
- The MEHT of the PAPI of RWY 04 and RWY 22 is less than the MEHT of other PAPIs (see AD 2.14).
The reduced MEHT means the minimum required 6 M wheel height over THR for aircraft with an eye-to-wheel height of 8 to 14 M cannot be guaranteed, depending on the type of aircraft.
- Runway centre line lights and touchdown zone lights are not provided (see AD 2.14).
- During approach RWY 04 or RWY 22 pilots must be prepared for turbulence, windshear and change of wind gradient (possibly simultaneously) due to the presence of large buildings and an engine run-up area underneath the circuits.
- During approach RWY 04 or RWY 22 pilots must not confuse the runway with parallel TWY G situated east of RWY 04/22.
- Vacating RWY 04 via TWY G1 is restricted to aircraft with a maximum wingspan of 31 M due to wingspan restriction on adjacent taxiways.
- All runway exits have a 90° angle reference to the runway centre line; larger aircraft are advised to exercise caution when vacating the runway.
- See AD 2.23 paragraph 2 for more information on runway exits.

4 TAXIWAY MARKING AND LIGHTING

RUNWAY HOLDING POSITION

Runway holding positions are safeguarded by: I. runway holding position marking II. mandatory instruction sign III. mandatory instruction marking IV. enhanced taxiway centre line marking.

INTERRUPTED CENTRE LINE MARKINGS

5 DETERMINATION OF DATUM LINE FOR INTERSECTION TAKE-OFF

The datum line from which the reduced runway declared distances for take-off should be determined is defined by the intersection of the downwind edge of the specific taxiway with the runway edge as shown in the diagram below. The loss of runway length due to alignment of the aircraft prior to take-off should be taken into account by the operators for the calculation of the aircraft’s take-off mass (ICAO Annex 6, Part 1, paragraph 5.2.8).
If an intersection take-off will take place from an intersection with an intersection angle of 30° (rapid exit taxiway), and the taxiway centre line is followed until the runway centre line, there is a loss of line-up distance of at least 200 M.

6 TURN-AROUND AREAS

Normal operations at Schiphol Airport do not require a turn pad, therefore runway turn pads, designed according to international requirements are not provided. Instead turn-around areas are provided at the end of RWY 24 and RWY 36L.

Both turn-around areas are designed using a nose wheel steering angle of more than 45 degrees. Guidance for the use of both turn-around areas is provided by a yellow guidance line. Inset edge lights are provided at the boundary of the runway and the full strength shoulder within the turn-around area. No additional guidance lights are provided. Marshaller guidance is required for aircraft with wingspan 36 M, or greater, or at ATC discretion, and available on pilot’s request.

Runway shoulders within the turn-around area are reinforced and provide the same strength as the related runway pavement. Width of the runway turn-around area including runway shoulders is 75 M.

Note: for code letter E and F aircraft the use of differential braking and asymmetric power to make a 180 degree turn within the turn-around area may be necessary.

No turn-around area is provided at the end of RWY 18L. Marshaller guidance is required for aircraft with wingspan 36 M or greater and available on pilot’s request. A tow truck is required for EASA code letter F aircraft, or at ATC discretion.

7 ATIS (ARR AND DEP) VIA DATALINK

ATIS (ARR and DEP) via datalink (ARINC / SITA) is available. Aircraft equipped with ACARS compliant with ARINC 622 and 623 specifications will be able to use the datalink service. If unsuccessful revert to ATIS voice broadcast and inform the SITA or ARINC provider. In case of system failure, contact the appropriate SITA or ARINC helpdesk or your customer support account team.

8 CODE LETTER F AIRCRAFT RESTRICTIONS AND PROCEDURES

8.1 Restrictions

Operational restrictions on code letter F aircraft are shown on charts GMC A380 restrictions, GMC AN124 restrictions and GMC B747-8 restrictions; see EHAM AD 2.24.
Additional details are shown in the table below. The restrictions per aircraft type are marked with an X. A dash indicates no restrictions.

Restrictions	Airbus A380	Antonov AN124	Boeing 747-8
ILS landings
All RWYs: ILS landings shall be made with coupled autopilot or flight director mode to ensure maximum track-accuracy to the runway centre line (see ICAO Circular 301).	X	-	-

Runways
RWY 04/22: use of RWY prohibited due to insufficient runway width.	X	X	X
RWY 06/24: use of turn around area RWY end 24 under marshaller guidance only.	X	X	X
RWY 18R/36L: use of turn around area RWY end 36L under marshaller guidance only.	X	X	X
RWY 18L/36R: turn around on RWY end 18L not possible, towing required.	X	X	X

Taxiways and aprons
TWY R R, between TWY aircraft stand R77 R1 and TWY B: R3: access only under marshaller guidance.	X	X	-
TWY A P and TWY Q: B between A28 and AS/BS: thrust on outer engines limited to MAX ground idle power due to highway bridge.	X	X	-
TWY S: access only under marshaller guidance. Prohibited for use by Airbus A380.	X	X	-
Apron TWY A13 abeam aircraft stands numbered lower than E18: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X
Apron TWY A19C abeam aircraft stands numbered lower than G9: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X

Aircraft stands (related to parking purposes only)
E18: arriving A380 will be parked on P3 and towed to E18. Prohibited for use by AN124.	X	X	-

Remote de-icing facilities
Remote de-icing spot P10 access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	-
Remote de-icing spot P12 access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X

Remote holding positions
Remote holding position P1: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	-
Remote holding position P2: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X
Remote holding positions PA, PB, PC and PD: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X
Remote holding positions P20, P21, P22, P22 P24 and P23: P26: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X
Remote holding positions P6A, P6B, P7A and P7B: access prohibited due to wingspan restrictions.	X	X	X

Engine run-up facilities
Engine run-up area (towing only): no access due to wingspan restrictions.	X	-	-

8.2 Procedures

To minimise taxi times and to protect the ILS LOC critical area, pilots of Airbus A380 equipped with a brake-to-vacate system are advised to select the following exits, unless instructed otherwise:

Landing RWY	Exit TWY	Landing RWY	Exit TWY
06	S4	24	S1
09	N1	27	N4
18C	W7	36C	W3
-	-	36R	E2
18R	V2	-	-

To protect the ILS LOC sensitive area, pilots shall vacate the exit taxiway completely onto the taxiway parallel to the runway as soon as practicable.

9 MINIMUM FUEL PROCEDURES

This procedure is developed in order to provide clarity about conditions and service provision in case of a "minimum fuel" call.

9.1 Aircraft operator procedures

Operators with aircraft in a (potential) minimum fuel situation may contact Amsterdam FMP to obtain information whether delay can be expected additional to available information (for address see ENR 1.9 paragraph 2.2).

Note: mentioning a minimum fuel situation to the FMP has no status. Requests for priority handling will not be accepted by the FMP.

9.2 Pilot and ATC procedures

Pilots shall advise "minimum fuel" to ATC when the aircraft's fuel supply has reached a state where the flight is committed to land at a specific aerodrome and no additional delay can be accepted.
ATC shall use this as advisory information which indicates that an emergency situation is possible, should any undue delay occur. The minimum fuel advisory implies no emergency situation and priority handling will not be provided.
Amsterdam ACC will provide an expected approach time (EAT) or advise "no delay". No delay means that the anticipated delay before or at the initial approach fix is not more than 2 minutes.
On request Schiphol APP can provide the approximate distance to touchdown.

Note: only when the pilot declares an emergency, radio call prefixed by MAYDAY (3x) for distress or PAN PAN (3x) for urgency, priority handling will be provided. Calls such as "low on fuel" have no status in the Amsterdam FIR.

10 MEDICAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Pilots shall declare a medical emergency to ATC only in case of a patient on board suffering from a life-threatening condition. A patient's medical condition is categorised and should be handled as follows:

Medical emergency (life-threatening): pilots shall contact ATC to declare a medical emergency by radio call prefixed by PAN PAN (3X) for urgency. Priority handling will be provided. Airport authority and medical crew will board the aircraft before passengers disembark.
Medical care at the gate (non-life-threatening): flight crew shall contact ground handler only to arrange medical crew at the gate.
Medical meet and assist (non-life-threatening, medical check at first-aid post): flight crew shall contact ground handler only to arrange medical assistance at the gate.

11 GROUND HANDLING COMPANIES

1. Cargo handling Schiphol
Post:	Airport Cargo Handling B.V. (second line cargo handling) Snipweg 101 1118 DP Schiphol-South
TEL:	+31 (0)20 316 5396
FAX:	+31 (0)20 316 5461
email:	[email protected]
SITA:	SPLFLXH

Post:	dnata B.V. (Cargo & full freighter handling) Rangoonweg 11 1118 LP Schiphol
TEL:	+31 (0)20 603 2569
FAX:	+31 (0)20 603 2329
Email:	[email protected]
AFS:	EHAMYIAG
SITA:	AMSAFXH
Note:	dnata cargo Amsterdam channel 131.855.

Post:	Fr8 (Cargo & full freighter ramp handling by Menzies Aviation Group (Netherlands) B.V.) Cargo Terminal 8 Anchoragelaan 50 1118 LE Schiphol-Southeast
TEL:	+31 (0)20 405 7333
FAX:	+31 (0)20 405 7444
Email:	[email protected]
SITA:	SPLAEXH

Post:	Skylink Handling Services B.V. Anchoragelaan 36 1118 LD Schiphol-Southeast
TEL:	+31 (0)20 405 9725
FAX:	+31 (0)20 405 9720
Email:	[email protected]
SITA:	SPLCXXH

2. Ground Handling Schiphol-Centre
Post:	Aviapartner B.V. Thermiekstraat 16 1117 BC Schiphol Oost
TEL:	+31 (0)20 406 7780
Email:	[email protected]
SITA:	AMSOVXH
Note:	Aviapartner Amsterdam 131.580.

Post:	dnata B.V. (Passenger services & aircraft handling) Rangoonweg 11 1118 LP Schiphol
TEL:	+31 (0)20 333 9900
Email:	[email protected]
SITA:	AMSDOXH
Note:	dnata Amsterdam channel 131.410.

Post:	KLM Ground Services Havenmeesterweg 5-41 1118 CB Schiphol Centrum
TEL:	+31 (0)20 304 1400
Email:	[email protected]
URL:	https://www.klm.com
SITA:	HCT-DTM
Note:	KLM Ground Services 131.430.

Post:	Menzies Aviation B.V. P.O. Box 75625 1118 ZR Schiphol-Centre
TEL:	+31 (0)20 446 6430
Email:	[email protected]
URL:	https://www.menziesaviation.com
AFS:	EHAMYIOA
SITA:	AMSOOXH
Note:	Menzies Ops 131.805.

Post:	Swissport Amsterdam P.O. Box 75724 1118 ZT Schiphol-Centre
TEL:	+31 (0)20 795 2480
FAX:	+31 (0)20 795 2492
Email:	[email protected]
AFS:	EHAMYIGG
SITA:	SPLAPXH
Note:	Swissport Amsterdam 131.560.

Post:	Viggo Schiphol B.V. Jan Hilgersweg 2 5657 ES Eindhoven
TEL:	+31 (0) 20 211 7510
Email:	[email protected]
SITA:	AMSVSXH
URL:	https://www.viggo.eu
Note:	Viggo Amsterdam channel 131.590.

3. Ground Handling Schiphol-East (General Aviation)
Post:	AviaVIP Thermiekstraat 16 1117 BC Schiphol
TEL:	+31 (0)20 206 6780
FAX:	+31 (0)20 206 6790
email:	[email protected]
URL:	https://aviavip.com/network/amsterdam-fbo
Note:	Aviapartner 131.605.

Post:	Jet Aviation Netherlands Thermiekstraat 14 1117 BC Schiphol-Oost
TEL:	+31 (0)20 226 0150
FAX:	+31 (0)20 648 8180
Email:	[email protected]
URL:	https://www.jetaviation.com
Note:	Jet Aviation Amsterdam 131.630.

EHAM AD 2.24 AERONAUTICAL CHARTS RELATED TO AN AERODROME

Charts	Pages
ADC
APDC Schiphol Centre
APDC Schiphol East K-apron
APDC Schiphol East M-apron
APDC Schiphol Centre U-apron
GMC
GMC A380 restrictions
GMC AN124 restrictions
GMC B747-8 restrictions
AOC type A RWY 04-22
AOC type A RWY 06-24
AOC type A RWY 09-27
AOC type A RWY 18C-36C
AOC type A RWY 18L
AOC type A RWY 36L
PATC RWY 06
PATC RWY 18C
PATC RWY 18R
PATC RWY 27
PATC RWY 36C
PATC RWY 36R
SID
SID RWY 04
SID RWY 06
SID RWY 06 supplementary
SID RWY 09
SID RWY 18C
SID RWY 18L east
SID RWY 18L west
SID RWY 22
SID RWY 24 east
SID RWY 24 east RF
SID RWY 24 west
SID RWY 24 west RF
SID RWY 27
SID RWY 36C
SID RWY 36L
SID RWY 36L supplementary
STAR
Night transition to ILS RWY 06
Night transition to RNP RWY 06
Night transition to ILS RWY 18C
Night transition to RNP RWY 18C
Night transition to ILS RWY 18R
Night transition to RNP RWY 18R
RNAV transition RWY 36R
ATCSMAC
IAC RNP RWY 04
IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 06
IAC RNP RWY 06
IAC RNP RWY 09
IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 18C
IAC RNP RWY 18C
IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 18R
IAC RNP RWY 18R
IAC ILS or LOC RWY 22
IAC ILS or LOC RWY 22 CAT H
IAC RNP RWY 22
IAC RNP RWY 24
IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 27
IAC RNP RWY 27
IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 36C
IAC RNP RWY 36C
IAC ILS CAT II & III or LOC RWY 36R
IAC RNP RWY 36R
VAC - VFR procedures
VFR TFC circuits

EHAM AD 2.25 VISUAL SEGMENT SURFACE (VSS) PENETRATION

To be developed.